Tax Notes logo

IRS PROVIDES SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAGNETIC MEDIA FILING OF 1992 INFORMATION REPORTING FORMS.

JUN. 22, 1992

Rev. Proc. 92-46; 1992-1 C.B. 878

DATED JUN. 22, 1992
DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
  • Institutional Authors
    Internal Revenue Service
  • Subject Areas/Tax Topics
  • Index Terms
    returns, information
    filing, electronic
  • Jurisdictions
  • Language
    English
  • Tax Analysts Electronic Citation
    92 TNT 128-20
Citations: Rev. Proc. 92-46; 1992-1 C.B. 878

Superseded by Rev. Proc. 93-31

Rev. Proc. 92-46

NOTE: Use this revenue procedure to prepare tax year 1992 information returns for submission to Internal Revenue Service (IRS) using any of the following:

-- Magnetic Tape

-- Tape Cartridge

-- 5 1/4-inch Diskette

-- 3 1/2-inch Diskette

-- Electronic Filing

-- (Asynchronous)

-- (Bisynchronous)

-- 8-inch Diskette

Please read this publication carefully. Persons required to file may be subject to penalties for failure to file or failure to include correct information if they do not follow the instructions in this revenue procedure.

                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

PART A. GENERAL

 

 

     SECTION 1. PURPOSE

 

     SECTION 2. NATURE OF CHANGES -- CURRENT YEAR

 

                 (TAX YEAR 1992)

 

     SECTION 3. WHERE TO FILE AND HOW TO CONTACT THE IRS

 

                 MARTINSBURG COMPUTING CENTER

 

     SECTION 4. FILING REQUIREMENTS

 

     SECTION 5. FORM 8508, REQUEST FOR WAIVER FROM FILING

 

                 INFORMATION RETURNS ON MAGNETIC MEDIA

 

     SECTION 6. VENDOR LIST

 

     SECTION 7. FORM 4419, APPLICATION FOR FILING INFORMATION

 

                 RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

 

     SECTION 8. TEST FILES

 

     SECTION 9. FILING OF INFORMATION RETURNS

 

                 MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY AND RETENTION

 

                 REQUIREMENTS

 

     SECTION 10. DUE DATES

 

     SECTION 11. EXTENSIONS OF TIME TO FILE

 

     SECTION 12. PROCESSING OF INFORMATION RETURNS

 

                 MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

 

     SECTION 13. PENALTIES

 

     SECTION 14. CORRECTED RETURNS

 

     SECTION 15. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)

 

     SECTION 16. EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS

 

     SECTION 17. COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM

 

     SECTION 18. DEFINITION OF TERMS

 

     SECTION 19. STATE ABBREVIATIONS

 

     SECTION 20. MAJOR PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

 

 

PART B. MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. TAPE SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 3. TAPE CARTRIDGE SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 4. 5 1/4-INCH AND 3 1/2-INCH DISKETTE

 

                 SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 5. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD -- GENERAL

 

                 FIELD DESCRIPTIONS

 

     SECTION 6. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS

 

                 AND RECORD LAYOUTS

 

     SECTION 8. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 9. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 10. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

PART C. ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE

 

     SECTION 3. TEST FILES

 

     SECTION 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS

 

     SECTION 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

 

     SECTION 6. INFORMATION REPORTING PROGRAM BULLETIN BOARD

 

                 SYSTEM (IRP-BBS) SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 7. IRP-BBS FIRST LOGON PROCEDURES

 

     SECTION 8. IBM 3780 BISYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION

 

                 SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 9. BISYNCHRONOUS ELECTRONIC FILING RECORD

 

                 SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

PART D. SINGLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

 

     SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD -- GENERAL

 

                 INFORMATION

 

     SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL

 

                 FORMS

 

     SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1

 

                 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT,

 

                 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1

 

                 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S,

 

                 AND W-2G

 

     SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1

 

                 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT,

 

                 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1

 

                 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S,

 

                 AND W-2G

 

     SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A

 

     SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B.

 

     SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID

 

     SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S

 

     SECTION 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G

 

     SECTION 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 14. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 15. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

PART E. DOUBLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

 

     SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD -- GENERAL INFORMATION

 

     SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL

 

                 FORMS

 

     SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1

 

                 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT,

 

                 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF

 

                 FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G

 

     SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 AND

 

                 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT,

 

                 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF

 

                 FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G

 

     SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A

 

     SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B

 

     SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID

 

     SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S

 

     SECTION 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G

 

     SECTION 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 14. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 15. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

PART F. MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION

 

 

     SECTION 1. MAGNETIC MEDIA RELATED FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS

 

                 AVAILABLE AT THE IRS MARTINSBURG COMPUTING CENTER

 

     SECTION 2. FEDERAL DOLLAR CRITERIA

 

     SECTION 3. FORMAT OF RECORD USED TO REQUEST AN EXTENSION OF

 

                 TIME, MAGNETICALLY OR ELECTRONICALLY

 

 

PART A. GENERAL

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

.01 The purpose of this revenue procedure is to provide the specifications for filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G electronically or on magnetic media which includes 1/2-inch magnetic tape; IBM 3480/3490 compatible tape cartridges; or 5 1/4-, 3 1/2-, and 8-inch diskettes, with IRS. THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE MUST BE USED FOR THE PREPARATION OF TAX YEAR 1992 INFORMATION RETURNS ONLY. Specifications for filing the following forms are contained in this revenue procedure:

          (a) Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement.

 

 

          (b) Form 1099-A, Acquisition or Abandonment of Secured

 

              Property.

 

 

          (c) Form 1099-B, Proceeds From Broker and Barter Exchange

 

              Transactions.

 

 

          (d) Form 1099-DIV, Dividends and Distributions.

 

 

          (e) Form 1099-G, Certain Government Payments.

 

 

          (f) Form 1099-INT, Interest Income.

 

 

          (g) Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income.

 

 

          (h) Form 1099-OID, Original Issue Discount.

 

 

          (i) Form 1099-PATR, Taxable Distributions Received From

 

              Cooperatives.

 

 

          (j) Form 1099-R, Distributions From Pensions, Annuities,

 

              Retirement or Profit-Sharing Plans, IRAs, Insurance

 

              Contracts, etc.

 

 

          (k) Form 1099-S, Proceeds From Real Estate Transactions.

 

 

          (l) Form 5498, Individual Retirement Arrangement

 

              Information.

 

 

          (m) Form W-2G, Certain Gambling Winnings.

 

 

.02 Revenue procedures are generally revised annually to reflect legislative and form changes. Comments concerning this revenue procedure or suggestions for making it more helpful, can be addressed to Internal Revenue Service, Martinsburg Computing Center, P. O. Box 1359, Martinsburg, WV 25401 ATTN: IRB Technical Section.

.03 Specifications for filing Forms W-2 on magnetic media are available from the Social Security Administration (SSA) ONLY.

.04 In most cases, the box numbers on the paper forms correspond with the amount codes used to file magnetically/electronically; however, if discrepancies occur, the instructions in this revenue procedure govern.

.05 The Internal Revenue Service Martinsburg Computing Center (IRS/MCC) has the responsibility for processing information returns filed magnetically or electronically. These information returns include Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G.

IRS/MCC does NOT process Forms W-2. Paper AND/OR magnetic media returns must be sent to SSA.

IRS/MCC does, however, process magnetic media waiver requests and extension of time requests for filing Forms W-2.

.06 This revenue procedure also provides the requirements and specifications for magnetic media or electronic filing under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

.07 The following revenue procedures and publications provide more detailed filing procedures for certain information returns:

(a) 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" provides specific instructions on completing and submitting information returns to IRS. IRS/MCC includes this publication in the magnetic media reporting packages that are mailed to the transmitters who participate in the Information Reporting Program (IRP). These instructions can be obtained by contacting your local IRS office or by calling 1-800-829-3676.

(b) Rev. Proc. 84-33, 1984-1 C.B. 502, regarding the optional method for agents to report and deposit backup withholding.

(c) Publication 1179, Specifications for Paper Document Reporting and Paper Substitutes for Forms 1096, 1098, 1099 Series, 5498, and W-2G.

(d) Publication 1239, Specifications for Filing Form 8027, Employer's Annual Information Return of Tip Income and Allocated Tips, on Magnetic Tape and 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-Inch Diskettes.

(e) Publication 1187, Specifications for Filing Form 1042S, Foreign Person's U.S. Source Income Subject to Withholding, Electronically or on Magnetic Tape, and 5 1/4-, or 3 1/2-Inch Magnetic Diskettes.

(f) Publication 1245, Specifications for Filing Form W-4, Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate, on Magnetic Tape, and 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-Inch Magnetic Diskette.

(g) Publication 1527 (8-91), IRP-BBS (Information Returns Program Bulletin Board System).

.08 This revenue procedure supersedes:

(a) Rev. Proc. 91-33 published as Publication 1220 (Rev. 6-91), Specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498 and W-2G Electronically or on Magnetic Tape, Tape Cartridge, and 5 1/4-, 3 1/2-, and 8-Inch Magnetic Diskettes.

(b) Rev. Proc. 92-15, 1992-3 I.R.B. 35.

.09 Refer to Part A, Sec. 18, for definitions of terms used in this publication.

SEC. 2. NATURE OF CHANGES -- CURRENT YEAR (TAX YEAR 1992)

.01 PROGRAMMING CHANGES

A. Payer/Transmitter "A" Record:

(1) Field positions 2-3 (pos. 3-4 for 8" diskette) "Payment Year" must be incremented by one (from 91 to 92).

(2) Field position 20 (pos. 21 for 8" diskette) "Last Filing Indicator" has been added, to inform IRS that this will be the last year an information return will be filed under this payer name and TIN.

(3) 1099-MISC, field positions 23-31 (pos. 24-32 for 8" diskettes) "Amount Codes" indicator 9 has been changed from "Direct Sales Indicator" to "Excess Golden Parachute Payments" which was previously reported as Amount Code 7. (See B(5) below.)

(4) 1099-PATR, field positions 23-31 (pos. 24-32 for 8" diskettes) "Amount Codes" indicator 9 "Low Income Housing Credit" has been removed. This information is no longer required.

(5) Field position 32 (pos. 33 for 8" diskette), the title has been changed from "Test/Correction Indicator" to "Test Indicator." It is only necessary to use this indicator if you are submitting a test file.

(6) Additional information was added to positions 42-43, "Magnetic Tape Filer Indicator" field. This field is used by IRS to help determine the computer language used to create the file. If this field is used by other than tape or tape cartridge filers, it will not be read.

B. Payee "B" Record changes:

(1) Field positions 2-3 (pos. 3-4 for 8" diskette) "Payment Year" must be incremented by one (from 91 to 92).

(2) 1099-MISC, Field position 4-5 (pos. 5-6 for 8" diskette) "Document Specific/Distribution Code" is only used to identify payments made for "Crop Insurance Proceeds" in conjunction with Payment Amount field 7. "Excess Golden Parachute Payments" is now reported in Payment Amount Field 9 and no "Document Specific/Distribution Code" is needed.

(3) Field position 6 (pos. 7 for 8" diskette) "2nd TIN Notice" has been changed from a "1" to a "2" at the request of payers. This would allow payers to use a 1 in their recordkeeping systems to denote first year of notice.

(4) The use of position 7 "Corrected Return Indicator" has been expanded to include a "C" code to identify the second transaction of a two transaction correction.

(5) 1099-MISC, field position 12 (pos. 13 for 8" diskette) "Direct Sales Indicator" has been added to indicate sales of $5,000 or more of consumer products to a person on a buy-sell, deposit-commission, or any other commission basis for resale. This information was previously reported by reporting $1.00 in Payment Amount Field 9 of the Payee "B" Record.

(6) 1099-PATR, Payment Amount 9, "Low Income Housing Credit" is no longer required and has been deleted from the record. Payment Amount 9 must be zero filled.

(7) 1099-R, "IRA/SEP Indicator" position 44 (pos. 45 for 8" diskette) extra instruction was added to this field. When reporting a distribution from an IRA or SEP, in addition to this indicator, generally, the amount of the distribution should be reported in Payment Amount Field 2 "Taxable Amount" of the Payee "B" Record.

C. End of Payer "C" Record -- No changes.

D. State Totals "K" Record -- No changes.

E. End of Transmission "F" Record -- No changes.

F. The record format for requesting an extension of time to file magnetically or electronically has been expanded from 205 to 206 positions. An indicator, Foreign Entity Indicator, was added to identify foreign corporations that may not be required to have a Taxpayer Identification Number.

.02 EDITORIAL CHANGES -- "GENERAL"

There have been numerous editorial changes. IRS recommends that you read this publication in its entirety to ensure proper reporting.

(A) The title of Publication 1220 has changed from "Specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G Electronically or on Magnetic Tape, Tape Cartridge, and 5 1/4-, 3 1/2-, and 8-Inch Magnetic Diskettes" to "Specifications for Filing Form 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G Magnetically or Electronically."

(B) The title of Part A. Sec. 3 was changed from "How to Contact the Martinsburg Computing Center" to "Where to File and How to Contact the IRS Martinsburg Computing Center" to better identify the information contained in that section.

(C) The IRS/MCC Tax number (Part A, Sec. 3.04) has been changed to (304) 264-5196.

(D) Information was added (Part A, Sec. 3.08) to inform taxpayers on how to request a copy of tax returns or Form W-2 filed with a return.

(E) Instructions were added to Part A, Sec. 11, Extensions of Time to File, on how to request an extension of time to furnish the statement to recipient copy of the information return. In the past, an extension for statements to recipients copies could only be requested from the IRS District Director for your area.

(F) If your request is approved, MCC will grant a 30 day extension of time to file information returns. If needed, additional time may be requested. Refer to Part A, Sec. 11 for more information.

(G) Information was added to the chart in Part A, Sec. 14, Corrected Returns, providing guidance as to when it would be in the best interest of the payer to make a correction to a name and/or TIN.

(H) Instruction was added (Part A, Sec. 14.06) on how to make prior-year corrections and how far back a payer must go when making corrections. You are only required to submit corrections for returns filed within the last 3 years (4 years if the return was subject to Backup Withholding). If submitting prior-year corrections, you may use the format of the current year or the format for the year the original return was filed.

(I) The guidelines for the payee taxpayer identification number in Part A, Sec. 15.03, for sole proprietors was changed to indicate that sole proprietors may use either a SSN or EIN. However, the owner's name not the business name must always appear in the record.

(J) Information was added in Part A, Sec. 16 to inform payers that when using a substitute form (any form other than the official IRS copy) guidelines in Publication 1179, Specifications for Paper Document Reporting and Paper Substitutes for Forms 1096, 1098, 1099 Series, 5498, and W-2G, must be followed.

(K) Part A, Sec. 19.04 was changed to reflect the method of reporting APO and FPO addresses and is the result of a change in procedure made by the U.S. Postal Service.

(L) Created a separate section, Part B, Sec. 3 Tape Cartridge Specifications, to identify specifications that are unique to tape cartridge filing.

(M) Technical assistance is available between 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Eastern Time Zone for electronic filers using the Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (IRP-BBS).

(N) The Field Title of position 23-31 (pos. 24-32 of 8" diskettes) of the "A" Record was changed from "Amount Indicators" to "Amount Codes" to be consistent throughout the publication.

(O) The dates to file electronically have been changed in Part C, Sec. 4.03. Electronically transmitted data may be filed between January 18 and October 15, 1993.

(P) Information was added to Part C, Sec. 7, IRP-BBS First Logon Procedures, giving instructions to filers using the IRP-BBS for the first time.

(Q) Part D, Sec. 2 and Part E, Sec. 2 -- positions 46-47 of the Header Label, Number Sequence field was added. For Copyfiles only enter the sequence number of the file.

(R) Part D, Sec. 1.03 and Part E, Sec. 1.03, added information on commands to be used to write data to 8" diskettes. Use of the Copyfile command is preferred by MCC.

(S) Part E, Sec. 2, Diskette Header Label, was added to eliminate the need to refer back to other sections of the publication.

(T) The title of Part F, Sec. 3, was changed to "Format of Record Used to Request an Extension of Time Magnetically or Electronically" to better describe the purpose of the section.

(U) Transmitters requesting an extension of time to file for more than 1 payer are encouraged to file the request magnetically or electronically. See Part F, Miscellaneous Information.

(V) Specifications were added to Part F allowing the use of Tape Cartridges to file for an extension of time to file.

.03 EDITORIAL CHANGES -- MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS:

(A) Magnetic tapes created using 800 BPI will no longer be acceptable.

(B) Field position 32 of the Payer "A" Record was changed from "Test/Correction Indicator" to "Test Indicator." Enter a "T" in this field for a test. It is no longer required to indicate correction data is being filed.

(C) For Form 5498, additional information was added to the note in Part B, Sec. 5, "A" Record layout explaining how to report contributions for Desert Storm Participants.

(D) For 1099-R, additional information was added to "NOTE 3" in Part B, Sec. 5, "A" Record layout to provide further instruction on how to report distributions for an IRA or SEP.

(E) The title of field position 4-5 of the "B" Record was changed from "Document Specific Code" to "Document Specific/Distribution Code" to clearly reflect the use of this field for various forms.

(F) In the past, two numeric codes were not allowed for Form 1099-R in the Document Specific/Distribution Code field. It is now acceptable to use codes 8 and 1 or 8 and 2 in this field.

(G) An example of a name control for names that contain numerics (e.g. 11th Street Inc.) was added to the chart in the "B" Record layout, field position 8-11.

(H) Payment Amount Field 9, for 1099-MISC, was changed from "Direct Sales Indicator" to "Excess Golden Parachute Payments."

(I) Data submitted on tape cartridges must NOT be in a compressed format.

SEC. 3. WHERE TO FILE AND HOW TO CONTACT THE IRS MARTINSBURG COMPUTING CENTER

.01 All information returns filed magnetically or electronically are processed at IRS/MCC. Files containing information returns and all requests for IRS magnetic media and electronic filing publications/forms, information, undue hardship waivers, or requests for extensions of time to file with IRS or furnish the statements to recipients are to be sent to the following addresses:

If by Postal Service:

 

 

IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

P.O. Box 1359

 

Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359

 

 

                or

 

 

If by truck or air freight:

 

 

IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

Information Reporting Program

 

Route 9 and Needy Road

 

Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

.02 Hours of operation are 8:30 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. Eastern time. The telephone number is (304) 263-8700 (not a toll-free number). NOTE: The telephone number for electronic filing using the Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (IRP-BBS) is (304) 263-2749; the telephone number for bisynchronous electronic filing is (304) 267-0807 for 4800 bps and (304) 267-9572 for 9600 bps.

.03 The telephone number for the Telecommunication Device for the Deaf (TDD) is (304) 267-3367.

.04 The telephone number for the IRS/MCC fax machine is (304) 264-5196.

.05 Requests for 1099 and W-2 paper forms, publications or forms not related to magnetic media/electronic filing MUST be requested by calling the "Forms Only Number" listed in your local telephone directory or by calling the IRS toll-free number 1-800-829-FORM.

.06 Questions pertaining to magnetic media filing of Forms W-2 MUST be directed to SSA.

.07 Do NOT contact IRS/MCC if you have received a penalty notice and need additional information, or are requesting an abatement of the penalty. Penalty notices contain an IRS representative's name and/or phone number to contact, or you may be instructed to respond in writing to the address provided. This person will be most familiar with your particular case. IRS/MCC does NOT issue penalty notices and does not have the authority to abate penalties.

.08 A Taxpayer or authorized representative may request a copy of a tax return or a Form W-2 filed with a return by submitting Form 4506, Request for Copy of Tax Form to IRS. This form may be obtained from a local IRS office or by calling 1-800-829-3676.

.09 CENTRALIZED INFORMATION REPORTING CALL SITE

In 1991, IRS instituted a centralized call site to answer tax law questions related to information returns (Forms 1096, 1098, 1099, 1042S, 5498, 8027, W-2, W-2G, W-3, and W-4). The call site is located at IRS/MCC and operates in conjunction with the information reporting program. The site provides service to financial institutions, employers, and other payers who file information returns. It is being phased in over a two-year period.

The site is currently operating as a pilot accepting inquiries from payers calling from Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, and New York. Beginning in October 1992, the site will accept inquiries from payers in those states as well as the following: Ohio, Indiana, Michigan, West Virginia, and Kentucky. The numbers to call are (304) 263-8700 or TDD (304) 267-3367. This is a toll call.

Payers in other areas of the country should continue to call 1-800-829-1040. Remaining states will be phased in by October 1, 1993, when the call site will be available nationwide. Hours of operation for the call site are 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

SEC. 4. FILING REQUIREMENTS

.01 Under section 6011(e)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code any person, including corporations, partnerships, individuals, estates, and trusts, who is required to file 250 or more information returns must file such returns magnetically/electronically. The 250-or-more requirement applies separately for each type of form. Even though you may not be required to file magnetically/electronically, IRS encourages you to do so.

.02 All filing requirements that follow apply individually to each reporting entity as defined by its separate Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN), (Social Security Number (SSN), or Employer Identification Number (EIN)). For example, if you are a corporation with several branches or locations and each uses the same EIN, you must aggregate the total volume of returns to be filed for that EIN and apply the filing requirements to each type of return accordingly.

.03 Filers who are required to submit their information returns on magnetic media may choose to submit their documents by electronic filing instead. Filers who submit their information returns electronically are considered to have satisfied the magnetic media filing requirements.

.04 The following requirements apply separately to both originals and corrections filed magnetically/electronically:

1098 250 OR MORE OF ANY of these forms require magnetic

 

1099-A media or electronic filing with IRS. These are stand

 

1099-B alone documents and are not to be aggregated for

 

1099-DIV purposes of determining the 250 threshold. For

 

1099-G example, if 100 Forms 1099-B are to be filed, they

 

1099-INT need not be filed magnetically or electronically since

 

1099-MISC they do not meet the threshold of 250. However, if you

 

1099-OID have 300 Forms 1099-R, they must be filed magnetically

 

1099-PATR or electronically since they meet the threshold of

 

1099-R 250.

 

1099-S

 

5498

 

W-2G

 

 

.05 The above requirements do not apply if you establish undue hardship (see Part A. Sec. 5).

SEC. 5. FORM 8508, REQUEST FOR WAIVER FROM FILING INFORMATION RETURNS ON MAGNETIC MEDIA

.01 If you are required to file on magnetic media but fail to do so (or fail to file electronically in lieu of magnetic media filing) and you do not have an approved waiver on record, you may be subject to a failure-to-file penalty of $50 per return. The penalty applies to each failure to file.

.02 If you are required to file original or corrected returns on magnetic media but such filing would create an undue hardship, you may request a waiver from these filing requirements by submitting Form 8508, Request for Waiver From Filing Information Returns on Magnetic Media, to IRS/MCC.

.03 If a waiver for original documents is approved, any corrections for the same types of returns will be covered under this waiver request. However, if you submit your original returns on magnetic media but not your corrections, then a waiver must be requested for corrections only if they exceed the filing threshold of 250 returns.

.04 Generally, only the payer may sign the Form 8508. A transmitter may sign if given power-of-attorney; however, a letter stating this fact must be attached to the Form 8508.

.05 A separate Form 8508 must be submitted for each payer. Do not submit a list of payers.

.06 All information requested on the Form 8508 must be provided to IRS for the request to be processed.

.07 The waiver, if approved, will provide exemption from magnetic media filing for the current tax year only. Filers may not apply for a waiver for more than one tax year at a time; application must be made each year a waiver is necessary.

.08 Form 8508 is included in the back of this publication. It may be photocopied or computer generated as long as it contains all the information requested on the original form.

.09 Form 8508 must be submitted to IRS/MCC at least 45 days before the due date of the returns. IF A REQUEST IS NOT POSTMARKED AT LEAST 45 DAYS BEFORE THE DUE DATE OF THE RETURNS, IT WILL BE DENIED. However, new brokers and new barter exchanges may request an undue hardship waiver by the end of the second month following the month in which they became a broker or barter exchange.

.10 File Form 8508 for Forms W-2 with IRS/MCC, NOT SSA.

.11 Waivers are evaluated on a case-by-case basis and are approved or denied based on regulation criteria set forth under section 6724 of the Internal Revenue Code. You must allow a minimum of 30 days for IRS/MCC to respond to a waiver request.

.12 If your waiver request is approved, keep the approval letter for your records. DO NOT send a copy of the approved waiver to the service center where you file your paper returns.

.13 An approved waiver from filing information returns on magnetic media does not provide exemption from all filing; you must still timely file your information returns on acceptable paper forms with the appropriate service center.

.14 Desert Storm Contributions -- If you file Forms 5498 magnetically/electronically, you may request an automatic waiver from filing Desert Storm Forms 5498 on magnetic media.

SEC. 6. VENDOR LIST

.01 IRS/MCC prepares a list of vendors who support magnetic media or electronic filing. This list contains the names of service bureaus that will produce your files for you on the prescribed types of magnetic media or via electronic filing. It also contains the names of vendors who provide software packages for filers who wish to produce magnetic media or electronic files on their own computer systems or personal computers. THIS LIST IS PROVIDED TO FILERS AS A COURTESY AND IN NO WAY IMPLIES IRS APPROVAL OR ENDORSEMENT OF THEIR PRODUCTS OR SERVICES.

.02 You may contact IRS/MCC via telephone or letter to acquire the vendor list. INDIVIDUAL VENDOR NAMES WILL NOT BE PROVIDED OVER THE TELEPHONE.

.03 If you are a vendor who offers a software package, has the ability to produce magnetic media for your customers, or has the capability to electronically file information returns, and you would like to be included on the list, you MUST submit a written request to IRS/MCC. The request should be submitted by March 15 and must include:

(a) Company name

(b) Address (include city, state, and ZIP code)

(c) Telephone number (include area code)

(d) Contact person

(e) Type of service provided (e.g., service bureau and/or software)

(f) Type(s) of magnetic media offered (e.g., 1/2-inch magnetic tape; tape cartridge; 8-inch, 5 1/4-inch, and/or 3 1/2-inch magnetic diskettes; electronic filing).

.04 The vendor list is updated annually. New applicants or changes to information already on the vendor list must be received by MCC no later than March 15 to be included on the most current vendor list. At this time, a letter will be sent to anyone on the current vendor list to ensure we have current and correct information on file.

SEC. 7. FORM 4419, APPLICATION FOR FILING INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

.01 Payers/transmitters are required to submit Form 4419, Application for Filing Information Returns Magnetically/Electronically, to request authorization to file information returns to IRS/MCC. A single Form 4419 should be filed no matter how many types of returns the payer/transmitter will be submitting magnetically/electronically. For example, if you plan to file Forms 1099-INT, submit one Form 4419. If you later wish to file another type of Form 1099, 1098, 5498, or W-2G, it is not necessary to submit a new Form 4419. If you wish to file both electronically and magnetically, you need only submit one Form 4419.

.02 Form 4419 is included in the back of this publication. Magnetic tape, diskette, and electronically filed returns may not be submitted to IRS until the application has been approved. Please read the instructions on the back of the form carefully. This form may be photocopied. Additional forms may be requested from IRS/MCC.

.03 Upon approval, a five character alpha/numeric Transmitter Control Code (TCC) will be assigned and included in an approval letter. The TCC must be coded in the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record. If you file using more than one TCC, each TCC must be reported on separate media or in separate transmissions if filing electronically.

A magnetic media reporting package containing the current revenue procedure, transmittals, forms, labels, and instructions will be sent to the attention of the contact person indicated on Form 4419. This package will be sent annually.

If any of the information on the form changes, please notify IRS/MCC in writing so that our database can be updated. Be sure to include your TCC in all correspondence.

.04 Form 4419 can be submitted at any time during the year; however, it should be submitted to IRS/MCC at least 30 days before the due date of the return(s). For documents to be filed electronically using IBM 3780 bisynchronous protocols, Form 4419 must be submitted at least 45 days prior to the due date of the return (see Part C, Sec. 2). This will allow IRS/MCC the minimum amount of time necessary to process your application. In the event your computer equipment or software is not compatible with IRS, a waiver may be requested to file your returns on paper documents.

.05 IRS encourages transmitters who file for multiple payers to submit one application and to use their TCC for all payers. Include a list of all payers and their TINs with the Form 4419. If you file for additional payers in later years, notify IRS in writing providing the names and TINs. Do not submit a new application for these additional payers.

.06 If you have your files prepared by a service bureau, you may not need to submit an application to obtain a TCC. Some service bureaus will produce your file for you, code their own TCC on the media, and send it to IRS/MCC.

Other service bureaus will prepare your magnetic media files and send them back to you to submit to IRS/MCC. These service bureaus may require you to obtain your own TCC to be coded in the "A" Record. Contact your service bureau for further information.

.07 Once approved to file magnetically or electronically, you do not need to reapply each year unless:

(a) You discontinue filing magnetically or electronically for a year; your TCC may have been reassigned by IRS/MCC.

(b) Your magnetic media files were transmitted in the past by a service bureau using the service bureau's TCC. You now have computer equipment compatible with that of IRS and wish to prepare your own files. You must request your own TCC by filing an application Form 4419.

.08 Submit only one Form 4419 regardless of how many types of media or methods used to file the return. If you already have more than one TCC, you may choose any of the TCCs to be coded into the "A" Record. Code only one TCC per medium. Notify IRS/MCC of any TCCs you have that will not be used so that we can reassign the number.

.09 In accordance with section 1.6041-7(b) of the Income Tax Regulations, payments by separate departments of a health care carrier to providers of medical and health care services may be reported on separate returns on magnetic media. In this case, the headquarters will be considered the transmitter, and the individual departments of the company filing reports will be considered payers. A single Form 4419 covering all departments filing on magnetic media should be submitted. One TCC may be used for all departments.

.10 Approval to file does not imply endorsement by IRS of the computer software or of the quality of tax preparation services provided.

SEC. 8. TEST FILES

.01 IRS/MCC does not require test files, except for filers wishing to participate in the Combined Federal State Filing Program (see Part A, Sec. 17 for further information concerning combined federal/state filing).

.02 IRS encourages first time magnetic media or electronic filers to submit a test. The test file should consist of a sample for each type of record:

(a) "A" Record (must not be fictitious data)

(b) Multiple Payee "B" Records

(c) End of Payer "C" Record

(d) State Totals "K" Record, if participating in the Combined/Federal State Filing Program

(e) End of Transmission "F" Record

It is not necessary to send a voluminous file; you may choose to submit a single file OR multiple files for your test.

.03 Use the indicator in the "A" Record to show that this is a test file.

.04 IRS will check your file to ensure it meets the specifications of this revenue procedure. For current filers, sending a test file will provide the opportunity to ensure that their software reflects any programming changes.

.05 Tests should be sent to IRS/MCC during these periods:

(a) Magnetic Media 10/01 -- 12/15

(b) Hardcopy printout 12/16 -- 01/15

(c) Electronic 10/01 -- 01/15

If unable to submit a magnetic media test file by the due date, a hardcopy printout that shows a sample of each record type (A, B, C and F) may be submitted. The media or hardcopy printout must be postmarked on or before the last day of the test period.

.06 Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically, must accompany your magnetic media test file. Mark the "TEST" checkbox in block 1 on the form. Also, check "TEST" on the external media label, Form 5064.

If submitting a hardcopy printout, mark the printout as "TEST" and include name, telephone number, and address of a person who can be contacted to discuss its acceptability.

.07 IRS/MCC will send a letter of acknowledgement to indicate the test results. Unacceptable magnetic media files, along with documentation identifying the errors, will be returned. Resubmission of files must be postmarked no later than December 15.

.08 Successfully processed media will not be returned to filers.

SEC. 9. FILING OF INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY AND RETENTION REQUIREMENTS

.01 Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically, must accompany ALL magnetic media and electronic submissions.

Form 4802. Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically (Continuation) is a continuation of Form 4804 and should only be used if you are reporting more than four types of returns and/or more than four payers. Form 4802 is not a stand-alone form; it can only accompany Form 4804.

.02 The forms are included at the back of this publication. IRS encourages the use of computer-generated substitutes for Form 4804/4802. The substitutes must contain all information requested on the original forms including the affidavit and signature line. Photocopies are acceptable.

.03 A payer/transmitter may code any combination of payers and/or documents in a submission. For example, if you are reporting Forms 1099-INT for Bank A, Forms 1099-DIV for Bank B, and Forms 1098 for Bank C, you need not create three separate tapes or diskettes. All three banks and all types of documents can be coded on one tape or diskette as long as you have separate "A" Records. Multiple tapes or diskettes can be sent in one package. INCLUDE FORM 4804, 4802, OR COMPUTER-GENERATED SUBSTITUTE WITH YOUR SHIPMENT.

.04 You may submit multiple types of media in your shipment. However, submit a separate Form 4804 for each type of media.

.05 Paper information returns must be submitted to the appropriate service centers.

.06 Do not report duplicate information. If you submit returns on paper documents, do not submit identical information magnetically/electronically. This may result in erroneous penalty notices.

.07 Form 4804 MUST be signed by the payer or the transmitter, service bureau, paying agent, or disbursing agent (all hereafter referred to as agent), on behalf of the payer if the agent has the authority to sign the affidavit under an agency agreement (either oral, written, or implied) that is valid under state law and adds the caption "FOR: (name of payer)."

NOTE: Failure to sign the affidavit on Form 4804 may delay processing or will result in your file being returned to you unprocessed.

.08 Although a duly authorized agent may sign the affidavit, the payer is responsible for the accuracy of the Form 4804 and the returns filed. The payer will be liable for penalties for failure to comply with filing requirements.

.09 An external label, Form 5064, must be affixed to each tape and diskette. If diskettes are used, and the operating system is not MS/DOS compatible, the operating system and hardware information MUST be provided. Failure to provide this information may result in the diskette being returned to the filer.

For instructions on how to complete Form 5064, refer to Notice 210, Preparation Instructions for Media Label, Form 5064. Notice 210 is included in the back of this publication, or may be obtained by calling IRS/MCC or 1-800-829-FORM.

.10 On the outside of the shipping container, include a Form 4801, or a substitute for the form, which reads "DELIVER UNOPENED TO TAPE LIBRARY -- MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTING -- BOX ____ of ____". If there is only one container, mark the outside as Box 1 of 1. For multiple containers, include the sequence (for example, Box 1 of 3, 2 of 3, 3 of 3)

.11 When submitting your files, include the following:

(a) A signed Form 4804 (or computer-generated substitute)

(b) Form 4802, if applicable

(c) Form 5064, Media Label affixed to the magnetic media

(d) Form 4801, outside label

NOTE: See Part C, Sections 4 and 5 for electronic submission requirements.

.12 If returns from different locations (using the same name and TIN) are submitted on the same file, IRS encourages you to consolidate each type of information return under one "A" Record. For example, all "B" Records for the same type of return should be together under one "A" Record and followed by the End of Payer "C" Record.

.13 IRS will not pay for or accept "Cash-on-Delivery" or "Charge to IRS" shipments of tax information that an individual or organization is legally required to submit.

.14 Payers are required to retain a copy of the information returns filed with IRS or to have the ability to reconstruct the data for at least 3 years from the reporting due date. Whenever backup withholding was imposed, a 4 year retention is required.

SEC. 10. DUE DATES

.01 The dates for filing paper returns with IRS also apply to magnetic media or electronic filing. Filing of information returns is on a calendar year basis, except for Form 5498 which is used to report amounts contributed during or after the calendar year but not later than April 15.

.02 Information returns filed magnetically/electronically for Form 1098, 1099, and Form W-2G must be submitted to IRS/MCC postmarked no later than February 28. The due date for furnishing statements to recipients is January 31.

.03 Form 5498 filed magnetically/electronically must be submitted to IRS postmarked no later than May 31. Trustees or issuers of IRAs or SEPs must provide participants with a statement of the value of the participant's account by January 31, in any written format. Statements are due to the participants by May 31 for contributions made to IRAs for the prior calendar year. Form 5498 is filed for contributions to be applied to 1992 that are made between January 1, 1992 and April 15, 1993 and/or to report the fair market value of the IRA/SEP.

.04 If any due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the return or statement is considered timely if it is filed or furnished on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday. If the date to furnish the statement to recipient falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday the statement is considered timely if it is furnished on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.

SEC. 11. EXTENSIONS OF TIME TO FILE

.01 A payer/transmitter may request an extension of time to file by submitting Form 8809.--Request for Extension of Time To File Information Returns to IRS/MCC. This form may be used to request an extension of time to file information returns submitted on paper, magnetic media, electronically, or for all three types of submissions.

.02 A transmitter may request extensions of time for multiple payers by submitting Form 8809 and attaching a list of their names, addresses, and TINs (EIN or SSN). Form 8809 may be computer generated or photocopied. Be sure that all the pertinent information is included.

.03 If requesting extensions of time for more than one payer, IRS encourages you to submit the request on tape, tape cartridge, 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch diskette, or electronically through IRP-BBS. The record format is in Part F, Sec. 3, of this revenue procedure. Transmitters who submit requests for multiple payers will receive one approval letter with an attached list of payers covered under that approval.

.04 You may request an extension of time for 30 days AS SOON AS YOU ARE AWARE that an extension is necessary but no later than the due date of the return. It will take a minimum of 30 days for IRS/MCC to respond to an extension request.

.05 If an additional extension of time is needed, you must submit another Form 8809 and include a copy of the letter from IRS approving your first request. Additional time must be requested before the end of the initial extension period.

.06 Form 8809 must be postmarked no later than the due date of the return for which you are requesting an extension of time. If you are requesting an extension of time to file several types of forms, you may use one Form 8809, but you must submit Form 8809 to IRS/MCC postmarked no later than the earliest due date. For example, if you are requesting an extension of time to file both Forms 1099-INT and 5498, you must submit Form 8809 postmarked on or before February 28. You may complete more than one Form 8809 to avoid this problem.

.07 You can request an extension for only one tax year.

.08 The extension request must be signed by the payer or a duly authorized representative.

.09 Failure to properly complete and sign the Form 8809 may cause delays in processing the request or result in a denial. Please read the instructions on the back of Form 8809 carefully.

.10 Copies of Form 8809 may be obtained from IRS/MCC or by calling 1-800-829-3676.

.11 You may request an extension of time to provide the STATEMENT TO RECIPIENT by submitting a letter to IRS/MCC or to your local District Director containing the following information:

(a) Payer Name

(b) TIN

(c) Address

(d) Type of Return

(e) Reason for Delay

(f) Signature of payer or authorized agent

All requests submitted to district directors will be forwarded to MCC for determination.

Requests for an extension of time to furnish the statements to recipients are not automatically approved; however, if approved, an extension will allow an extra 15 days to furnish the statement to the recipient. The request must be postmarked by the date on which the statements are due to be furnished to the recipients.

SEC. 12. PROCESSING OF INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

.01 All data received at IRS/MCC for processing will be given the same protection as individual returns (Forms 1040). IRS/MCC will process the data and determine if the records were formatted and coded according to this revenue procedure.

.02 If your data is formatted incorrectly, the file will be returned to you for replacement.

.03 The following definitions have been provided to help distinguish between a correction and a replacement:

A correction is an information return submitted by the payer to correct an information return that was successfully processed by IRS, but contained erroneous information.

A replacement is an information return file that IRS has returned to the payer/transmitter due to errors encountered during processing. After necessary changes have been made, the file must be returned for processing.

.04 IRS/MCC no longer returns media after successful processing. Therefore, if you want proof that IRS/MCC received your shipment, you may either choose to send your submission using a service with tracing capabilities or a service that will provide proof of delivery.

If your media is returned to you, it is because a replacement is needed. Open all packages immediately.

.05 Files returned must be corrected and returned to IRS/MCC within 45 days from the date of the letter included with the files to avoid a failure-to-file penalty. When possible, IRS/MCC may only return the portion of your file that needs replacement.

.06 IRS/MCC will work with filers as much as possible to assist with processing problems. If IRS/MCC calls your office, please respond promptly because we may have information that you need to correct your file.

.07 Do not use special shipping containers for transmitting data to IRS/MCC since they cannot be returned.

SEC. 13. PENALTIES

.01 Sections 6721 through 6724 of the Internal Revenue Code contain the penalty provisions for most information returns. The penalty for failure to file correct information returns is "time sensitive" in that prompt correction of failures to file, or prompt correction of errors on returns that were filed, can lead to reduced penalties.

-- The penalty generally is $50 for each information return that is not filed, or is not filed correctly, by the prescribed filing date, with a maximum penalty of $250,000 per year ($100,000 for certain small businesses with average annual gross receipts, over the most recent 3-year period, not in excess of $5,000,000). The penalty generally is reduced to:

-- $30 for each failure to comply if the failure is corrected more than 30 days after the return was due, but on or before August 1 of the calendar year in which the return was due, with a maximum penalty of $150,000 per year ($50,000 for certain small businesses with average annual gross receipts, over the most recent 3-year period, not in excess of $5,000,000).

-- $15 for each failure to comply if the failure is corrected within 30 days after the date the return was due (March 30 if the due date is February 28), with a maximum penalty of $75,000 per year ($25,000 for certain small businesses with average annual gross receipts, over the most recent 3-year period, not in excess of $5,000,000).

.02 Penalties can be waived if failures were due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect. In addition, a de minimis rule provides that if:

(a) information returns have been filed but were filed with incomplete or incorrect information, and

(b) the failures are corrected on or before August 1 of the calendar year in which the returns were due, then the penalty for filing incorrect returns (but not the penalty for filing late) will not apply to the greater of 10 returns or one-half of 1% of the total number of information returns you are required to file for the calendar year.

.03 Intentional Disregard of Filing Requirements -- If any failure to file a correct information return is due to intentional disregard of the filing and correct information requirements, the penalty is at least $100 per information return with no maximum penalty.

.04 Forms 1099-R -- The penalties under sections 6721 and 6722 do not apply to Form 1099-R, which is filed under section 6047. The penalty for failure to timely file Form 1099-R is $25 for days during which such failure continues but the total amount imposed under this subsection on any person for failure to file a return should not exceed $1500. See section 6652(e) of the Internal Revenue Code.

.05 Forms 5498 -- The penalties under sections 6721 and 6722 do not apply to Form 5498, which is filed under section 408(i). The penalty for failure to timely file Form 5498 is $50 per return with no maximum. See section 6693.

CAUTION: At the time this revenue procedure was published, Congress was considering legislation that would apply the penalties under sections 6721 and 6722 to Forms 1099-R and 5498.

SEC. 14. CORRECTED RETURNS

.01 The 250 magnetic media filing requirement applies separately to both original and corrected returns.

EXAMPLE: If you have 100 Forms 1099-A to be corrected, they can be filed on paper since they fall under the 250 threshold. However, if you have 300 Forms 1099-B to be corrected, they must be filed magnetically/electronically since they exceed the 250 threshold. If for some reason you cannot file the 300 corrections on magnetic media, you must request a waiver before filing on paper, or you may be subject to a penalty. No waiver is required for corrections that fall under the required threshold.

.02 Corrections should be aggregated and filed as soon as possible, but no later than August 1 of the year the return is due, in order to avoid the maximum $50 penalty. However, if you discover errors after August 1, you are still required to file corrections so that you will not be subject to a penalty for intentional disregard of the filing requirements. Failure to correct information returns may result in penalties for failure to provide correct information. ALL FIELDS MUST BE COMPLETED WITH THE CORRECT INFORMATION, NOT JUST THE DATA FIELDS NEEDING CORRECTION. Submit corrections only for the returns filed in error, not the entire file. If your entire file is in error, contact IRS/MCC immediately. Furnish corrected statements to recipients as soon as possible.

.03 There are numerous types of errors, and in some cases, more than one transaction may be required to correct the initial error. If the original return was filed as an aggregate, you must consider this in filing corrected returns.

You are strongly encouraged to read this ENTIRE section before attempting to make ANY correction.

.04 Corrected returns may be included on the same medium as original returns; however, separate "A" Records are required. Corrected returns must be identified on the Form 4804 and the Form 5064 by marking the correction box provided.

NOTE: If you discover that certain information returns were omitted on your original file, do not submit those documents as corrections. Submit them as originals.

.05 If a payer discovers errors for prior years that affect a large number of payees, in addition to sending IRS the corrected return and notifying the payee, a letter containing the following information should be sent to IRS/MCC:

(a) Name and address of payer

(b) Type of error. (Please explain clearly.)

(c) Tax year

(d) Payer TIN

(e) TCC

(f) Number of Payees

This information will be forwarded to the appropriate office in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices from being sent to the payees. The correction must be submitted on an actual information return document or filed magnetically/electronically.

Provide the correct tax year in Box 2 of the Form 4804 and on Form 5064. Prior year corrections may not be included on the same media as current year data. If filing electronically, a separate transmission must be made for each tax year.

.06 You are only required to submit corrections for returns filed within the last three years (4 years if the return was subject to Backup Withholding). If submitting prior year corrections, you may use the format of the current year or the format used in the year the return was originally due to be filed.

.07 All paper returns, whether original or corrected, must be filed with the appropriate service center.

.08 Form 4804 and Form 4802 (if applicable), must be submitted with corrected files.

.09 The "B" Record provides a 20-position field for the Payer's Account Number for the Payee. This number will help identify the appropriate incorrect return if more than one return is filed for a particular payee. Do not enter a TIN in this field. A payer's account number for the payee may be a checking account number, savings account number, serial number, or any other number assigned to the payee by the payer that will distinguish the specific account. This number should appear on the initial return and on the corrected return in order to identify and process the correction properly.

.10 Use of the Corrected Return Indicator has been expanded. In cases where two transactions are required, enter a "C" in position 7 (position 8 for 8" diskettes) of the second "B" Record. In the past, it was not necessary to identify the second transaction as part of the correction procedure.

.11 The record sequence for filing corrections will be the same as for original returns.

.12 Review the chart that follows. Errors normally fall under one of the two categories listed. Next to each type of error made, you will find a list of instructions on how to file the corrected return.

                Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns

 

                      Magnetically/Electronically

 

 

 Error Made on the Original Return  How To File the Corrected Return

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 NOTE: Final Regulations, T.D. 8386, under sections 6721-6724 covering

 

       information reporting penalties, were published in the Federal

 

       Register, on December 30, 1991, and in the Internal Revenue

 

       Bulletin, 1992-5, dated February 3, 1992. These regulations

 

       eliminate the requirement to make a correction for a name

 

       and/or TIN if you have met the reasonable cause requirement.

 

       Payers are instructed to change their records in order to

 

       submit correct information in the future. However, payers who

 

       cannot establish reasonable cause are encouraged to make name

 

       and/or TIN corrections for the current processing year if the

 

       correction is made by August 1 of the filing year. Filing the

 

       correction by this date will reduce the applicable $50 penalty

 

       to $15 or $30 per return (see Part A, Sec. 13 for information

 

       on the tiered penalties). Corrections filed after August 1 will

 

       not reduce the $50 penalty, but will allow IRS to update the

 

       payee's records.

 

 

 TWO SEPARATE TRANSACTIONS ARE

 

 REQUIRED TO MAKE THE FOLLOWING

 

 CORRECTIONS PROPERLY. FOLLOW

 

 DIRECTIONS FOR BOTH TRANSACTIONS

 

 1 AND 2.                           TRANSACTION 1: Identify incorrect

 

                                                   returns

 

 

 1. Original return was filed       A. Prepare a new Form 4804/4802

 

    with one or more of the            that includes information

 

    following errors:                  related to this file.

 

    (a) No Payee TIN (SSN or EIN)   B. Mark "Correction" in Block 1 of

 

    (b) Incorrect Payee TIN            Form 4804.

 

    (c) Incorrect Payee Name        C. Prepare a new file. Make a

 

    (d) Wrong type of return           separate "A" Record for each

 

        indicator                      type of return being reported.

 

                                       The information in the "A"

 

                                       Record will be EXACTLY the same

 

                                       as it was in the original

 

                                       submission.

 

                                    D. The Payee "B" Record must

 

                                       contain exactly the same

 

                                       information as submitted

 

                                       previously EXCEPT insert a "G"

 

                                       in media position 7 (position 8

 

                                       for 8" diskettes) of the "B"

 

                                       Record, AND for ALL payment

 

                                       amounts used, enter "0" (zero).

 

                                    E. Corrected returns submitted to

 

                                       IRS using a "G" coded "B"

 

                                       Record may be on the same tape

 

 

                                       or diskette as those returns

 

                                       submitted without the "G" code;

 

                                       however, separate "A" Records

 

                                       are required.

 

 

                                    TRANSACTION 2: Report the correct

 

                                                   information

 

 

                                    A. Prepare a new file with the

 

                                       correct information in all

 

                                       records and insert a "C" in

 

                                       position 7 (position 8 for 8"

 

                                       diskettes) of the "B" Record.

 

                                    B. Make a separate "A" Record for

 

                                       each type of return being

 

                                       reported.

 

                                    C. Do not "G" code the Payee "B"

 

                                       Record as a corrected return

 

                                       for transaction 2.

 

                                    D. Check the "Correction Box" on

 

                                       the Form 5064.

 

 

 ONE TRANSACTION IS REQUIRED TO

 

 MAKE THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS

 

 PROPERLY

 

 

 2. Original return was filed with  A. Prepare a new Form 4804/4802

 

    one or more of the following       that includes information

 

    errors:                            related to this new file.

 

    (a) Incorrect Payment Amount    B. Mark "Correction" in Block 1 of

 

        Codes in the "A" Record.       Form 4804.

 

    (b) Incorrect Payment amounts   C. Prepare a new file. Make

 

        in the "B" Record.             separate "A" Record for each

 

    (c) Incorrect Code in the          type of return being reported.

 

        Document Specific/             Information in the "A" Record

 

        Distribution Code Field in     will be the same as it was in

 

        the "B" Record.                the original submission.

 

    (d) Incorrect Payee Address

 

        (See Note)                  D. The "B" Record must show the

 

                                       correct information as

 

 NOTE: If the only error to be         well as a "G" in position 7

 

 corrected is an incorrect payee       (position 8 for 8" diskettes)

 

 address, only one transaction is      of the "B" Record. Corrected

 

 required. However, if you are         returns submitted using a

 

 correcting the name and/or TIN        "G" coded "B" Record may be on

 

 along with an incorrect address,      the same media as those returns

 

 then two transactions will be         submitted without the "G" code;

 

 required (See previous information    however, separate "A" Records

 

 on correcting an incorrect payee      are required.

 

 name/TIN).                         E. Check the "Correction box" on

 

                                       the Form 5064.

 

 

SEC. 15. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)

.01 Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code, and the regulations thereunder, require a person to furnish his or her TIN to the person required to file the information return.

.02 The payee's TIN and name combination is used to associate information returns reported to IRS with corresponding information on tax returns. It is imperative that CORRECT social security and employer identification numbers for payees be provided to IRS. DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS or ALPHA CHARACTERS. Entering all zeroes, ones, twos, etc. will have the effect of an incorrect TIN.

.03 The payer and payee names with associated TINs should be consistent with the names and TINs used on other tax returns. Also, the name and TIN provided must belong to the owner of the account. If the account is recorded in more than one name, furnish the name and TIN of one of the owners of the account. The TIN provided MUST be associated with the name of the payee provided in the first name line of the "B" Record. For individuals the payee TIN is generally the payee's social security number. For other entities, the payee TIN is the payee's Employer Identification Number. For sole proprietors the payee TIN may be either a SSN or EIN and the owners name must be used.

.04 Failure to provide the correct name and corresponding TIN could result in a backup withholding notice (sometimes referred to as a "B" notice).

.05 The following charts will help you determine the TIN to be furnished to IRS for those persons for whom you are reporting information (payees).

            CHART 1. Guidelines for Social Security Numbers

 

 

                       In the Taxpayer

 

                       Identification Number  In the First Payee Name

 

                       field of the Payee "B" Line of the Payee "B"

 

 For this type of      Record, enter the SSN  Record, enter the name

 

 account--             of--                   of--

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1. Individual         The individual         The individual

 

 

 2. Joint account      (Two The SSN of the    The individual whose SSN

 

 or more               person whose name is   is entered

 

 individuals,          used for Information

 

 including husband     Return Reporting.

 

 and wife)

 

 

 3. Custodian account  The minor              The minor

 

 of a minor

 

 (Uniform Gift (or

 

 Transfers) to

 

 Minors Act)

 

 

 4. The usual          The grantor-trustee    The grantor-trustee

 

 revocable savings

 

 trust account

 

 (grantor is also

 

 trustee)

 

 

 5. A so-called trust  The actual owner       The actual owner

 

 account that is

 

 not a legal or

 

 valid trust under

 

 state law

 

 

 6. A sole             The owner              The owner's name, not

 

 proprietorship        (An EIN or SSN)        the business name (you

 

                                              may enter the business

 

                                              name on the second name

 

                                              line).

 

 

        CHART 2. Guidelines for Employer Identification Numbers

 

 

                       In the Taxpayer

 

                       Identification Number  In the First Payee Name

 

                       field of the Payee "B" Line of the Payee "B"

 

 For this type of      Record, enter the SSN  Record, enter the name

 

 account--             of--                   of--

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1. A valid trust,     Legal entity 1       The legal trust, estate,

 

 estate, or                                   or pension trust

 

 pension trust

 

 2. Corporate          The corporation        The corporation

 

 

 3. Association, club, The organization       The organization

 

 religious,

 

 educational or

 

 other tax-exempt

 

 organization

 

 

 4. Partnership        The partnership        The partnership

 

 account held in

 

 the name of the

 

 business

 

 

 5. A broker or        The broker or          The broker or

 

 registered nominee/   nominee/middleman      nominee/middleman

 

 middleman

 

 

 6. Account with the   The public entity      The public entity

 

 Department of

 

 Agriculture in the

 

 name of a public

 

 entity, (such as a

 

 state or local

 

 government, school

 

 district, or prison),

 

 that receives

 

 agriculture program

 

 payments

 

 

 7. Sole               The business           The owner's name, not

 

 Proprietorship        (EIN or SSN)           the business name (you

 

                                              may enter the business

 

                                              name on the second name

 

                                              line).

 

 

      1 Do not furnish the identification number of the personal

 

 representative or trustee unless the name of the representative or

 

 trustee is used in the account title.

 

 

SEC. 16. EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS

.01 Magnetic/electronic reporting of information returns eliminates the need to submit paper documents to IRS. CAUTION! DO NOT SEND COPY A OF THE PAPER FORMS TO IRS IN ADDITION TO MAGNETIC MEDIA AND ELECTRONIC FILING. This will result in duplicate filing, therefore, notices could be generated.

.02 Payers are responsible for providing statements to the payees as outlined in the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498 and W-2G." Refer to these instructions for filing information returns on paper with IRS and furnishing statements to recipients.

.03 Statements to the recipient should be clear and legible. If the official IRS form is not used, you must adhere to the specifications and guidelines in Publication 1179, Specifications for Paper Document Reporting and Paper Substitutes for Forms 1096, 1098, 1099 Series, 5498, and W-2G.

SEC. 17. COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM

.01 The Combined Federal/State Program was established to simplify information returns filing for the taxpayer. IRS/MCC will forward this information to participating states free of charge for approved filers so separate reporting to those states is not necessary. FORMS 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed under this program.

.02 To request approval to participate, a test file coded for this program MUST be submitted to IRS/MCC between October 1 and December 15 for magnetic media and between October 1 and January 15 for electronic files. A hardcopy print is not acceptable as a test for this program.

.03 Attach a letter to the Form 4804 submitted with the test file which indicates that you wish to participate in this program.

.04 A test file is only required for the first year. Each record, both in the test and the actual data file, must conform to this revenue procedure.

.05 If your test file is acceptable, we will send you an approval letter, and a Form 6847, Consent for Internal Revenue Service to Release Tax Information, which the payer MUST complete, sign, and return to IRS/MCC before any tax information can be released to the state. Be sure to write your TCC on Form 6847. If your test file is not acceptable, we will return your media with a letter indicating what the problems are, and your replacement test file must be returned to IRS/MCC postmarked on or before December 15 (or sent electronically by January 15).

.06 A separate Form 6847 is required for each payer. A transmitter may not combine payers on one Form 6847 even though acting as Attorney-in-Fact for several payers. Form 6847 may be computer generated as long as it includes all information that is on the original form or it may be photocopied. If the Form 6847 is signed by an Attorney-in-Fact, the written consent from the payer must clearly indicate that the Attorney-in-Fact is empowered to authorize release of the information.

.07 If you file for multiple payers, code the records only for participating states for those payers who have submitted Form 6847.

.08 Some participating states require separate notification that you are filing in this manner. Since IRS acts as a forwarding agent only, it is your responsibility to contact the appropriate states for further information.

.09 It is the payer's responsibility to notify the state of corrections to an information return.

.10 Participating states and corresponding valid state codes are listed in TABLE 1 of this section. The appropriate state code MUST be entered for those documents that meet the state's filing requirements; do not use state abbreviations.

.11 To simplify filing, some of the participating states have provided their information return reporting requirements (see TABLE 2). It is your responsibility to contact the participating states to verify the criteria provided in this table.

.12 Upon submission of the actual files, be sure of the following:

(a) All records should be coded exactly as required by this revenue procedure.

(b) The "C" Record must be followed by a state total "K" Record for each state.

(c) Payment amount totals and the valid participating state code must be included in the State Totals "K" Record.

(d) The last "K" Record is followed by an "A" Record or an End of Transmission "F" Record (if this is the last record of the entire file).

             TABLE 1. PARTICIPATING STATES AND THEIR CODES

 

 

 State                                                           Code

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Alabama                                                           01

 

 Arizona                                                           04

 

 Arkansas                                                          05

 

 California                                                        06

 

 Delaware                                                          10

 

 District of Columbia                                              11

 

 Georgia                                                           13

 

 Hawaii                                                            15

 

 Idaho                                                             16

 

 Indiana                                                           18

 

 Iowa                                                              19

 

 Kansas                                                            20

 

 Maine                                                             23

 

 Massachusetts                                                     25

 

 Minnesota                                                         27

 

 Mississippi                                                       28

 

 Missouri                                                          29

 

 Montana                                                           30

 

 New Jersey                                                        34

 

 New Mexico                                                        35

 

 New York                                                          36

 

 North Carolina                                                    37

 

 North Dakota                                                      38

 

 Oregon                                                            41

 

 South Carolina                                                    45

 

 Tennessee                                                         47

 

 Wisconsin                                                         55

 

 

             TABLE 2. DOLLAR CRITERIA FOR STATE REPORTING

 

 

                1099- 1099- 1099-     1099-   1099-  1099- 1099-

 

 STATE           DIV    G    INT      MISC     OID   PATR    R   5498

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Alabama        $1500 $  NR $1500    $1500    $1500 $1500  $1500  NR

 

 Arkansas         100  2500   100     2500     2500  2500   2500 /e/

 

 District of

 

   Columbia/a/    600   600   600      600      600   600    600  NR

 

 Hawaii            10   /e/    10/b/   600       10    10    600 /e/

 

 Idaho             10    10    10      600       10    10    600 /e/

 

 Iowa             100  1000  1000     1000     1000  1000   1000  NR

 

 Minnesota         10    10    10      600       10    10    600 /e/

 

 Mississippi      600   600   600      600      600   600    600  NR

 

 Missouri          NR    NR    NR     1200/c/    NR    NR     NR  NR

 

 Montana           10    10    10      600       10    10    600 /e/

 

 New Jersey      1000  1000  1000     1000     1000  1000   1000  NR

 

 New York          NR   600   600      600/d/    NR   600    600  NR

 

 North

 

   Carolina       100   100   100      600      100   100    100 /e/

 

 Tenessee          25    NR    25       NR       NR    NR     NR  NR

 

 Wisconsin         NR    NR    NR      600       NR    NR    600  NR

 

 

 NOTE: This list is for information purposes only. For complete

 

 information on state filing requirements, contact the appropriate

 

 state tax agencies. Filing requirements for any state in TABLE 1 not

 

 shown in TABLE 2 are the same as the Federal requirement.

 

 

 NR -- No filing requirement.

 

 

 Footnotes:

 

 

 /a/ Amounts are for aggregates of several types of income from the

 

 same payer.

 

 

 /b/ State regulation changing filing requirement from $600 to $10 is

 

 pending.

 

 

 /c/ Missouri would prefer those returns filed with respect to

 

 non-Missouri residents to be sent directly to their state agency.

 

 

 /d/ Aggregate of several types of income.

 

 

 /e/ All amounts are to be reported.

 

 

SEC. 18. DEFINITION OF TERMS

 Element         Description

 

 

 Asynchronous    The type of data transmission is most often used by

 

 Protocols       microcomputers, PCs and some minicomputers.

 

                 Asynchronous transmissions transfer data at arbitrary

 

                 time intervals using the start-stop method. Each

 

                 character transmitted has its own start bit and stop

 

                 bit.

 

 

 b               Denotes a blank position. Enter blank(s) when this

 

                 symbol is used (do not enter the letter "b"). This

 

                 appears in numerous areas throughout the record

 

                 descriptions.

 

 

 Bisynchronous   For purposes of this publication, these are

 

 Protocols       electronic transmissions made using IBM 3780

 

                 protocols. These transmissions must be in EBCDIC

 

                 character code and use the Bell 208B (4800bps) or

 

                 AT&T 2296A modems. Standard IBM 3780 space

 

                 compression is acceptable.

 

 

 CUSIP Number    A number developed by the Committee on Uniform

 

                 Security Identification Procedures to serve as a

 

                 common denominator in communications among users for

 

                 security transactions and security information.

 

 

 Employer        A nine-digit number assigned by IRS to a person for

 

 Identification  Federal tax reporting purposes.

 

 Number (EIN)

 

 

 Electronic      Submission of information returns using switched

 

 Filing          telecommunications network circuits. These

 

                 transmissions use modems, dial-up phone lines, and

 

                 asynchronous or bisynchronous protocols. See Part C

 

                 of this publication for specific information on

 

                 electronic filing.

 

 

 File            For purposes of this revenue procedure, a file

 

                 consists of all records submitted by a Payer or

 

                 Transmitter, either magnetically or electronically.

 

 

 Foreign         Any corporation organized or created other than in or

 

 Corporation     under the laws of the United States, any of its

 

                 states, District of Columbia, or territories.

 

 

 Golden          A payment made by a corporation to a certain officer,

 

 Parachute       shareholder, or highly compensated individual when a

 

 Payments        change in the ownership or control of the corporation

 

                 occurs or when a change in the ownership of a

 

                 substantial part of the corporate assets occurs.

 

 

 Inconsequential An error or omission of data that does not prevent or

 

 Error           hinder the IRS from processing the return, from

 

                 correlating the information required to be shown on

 

                 the information return with information shown on the

 

                 payee's tax return, or from otherwise putting the

 

                 return to its intended use.

 

 

                 For example, if the payee address is 4821 Grant

 

                 Boulevard and the word "boulevard" is misspelled, a

 

                 correction does not have to be made.

 

 

 Incorrect       A TIN may be incorrect for several reasons:

 

 Taxpayer        (a) the payee gave a wrong number (e.g., the payee is

 

 Identification      listed as the only owner of an account but

 

 Number              provided someone else's TIN).

 

 (Incorrect      (b) A processing error (e.g., the number was typed

 

 TIN)                incorrectly).

 

                 (c) The payee's status changed (e.g., the payee

 

                     changed his/her name but did not tell the IRS or

 

                     SSA so that they could enter the change in their

 

                     records).

 

 

 Information     The vehicle for submitting required information about

 

 Return          another person to IRS.

 

 

                 Information returns are filed by financial

 

                 institutions and by others who make certain types of

 

                 payments as part of their trade or business.

 

 

                 The information required to be reported on an

 

                 information return includes interest, dividends,

 

                 pensions, nonemployee compensation for personal

 

                 services, stock transactions, sales of real estate,

 

                 mortgage interest, and other types of information.

 

 

                 For this revenue procedure, an information return is

 

 

                 Form 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099

 

                 1099-MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 1099-S, 5498

 

                 or W-2G.

 

 

 Magnetic Media  For this revenue procedure, the term "magnetic media"

 

                 refers to 1/2-inch magnetic tape; IBM 3480/3490

 

                 compatible tape cartridge; or 8-, 5 1/4-, or 3 1/2

 

                 -inch diskette.

 

 

 Missing         The payee TIN on an information return is "missing"

 

 Taxpayer        if:

 

 Identification  (a) there is no entry in the TIN field, OR

 

 Number          (b) includes one or more alpha characters (a

 

 (Missing TIN)       character or symbol other than an Arabic number)

 

                     as one of the nine digits.

 

 

 PS 58 Costs     The current cost of life insurance under a qualified

 

                 plan taxable under section 72(m) and regulations

 

                 section 1.72-16(b). (See Part B, Sec. 6 Payee "B"

 

                 Record, Document Specific/Distribution Code, Category

 

                 of Distribution, Code 9.)

 

 

 Payee           Person or organization receiving payments from the

 

                 Payer, or for whom an information return must be

 

                 filed. The payee includes a borrower (Form 1099-A),

 

                 participant (Form 5498) and a gambling winner (Form

 

                 W-2G). For Form 1098, the payee is the individual

 

                 paying the interest. For Form 1099-S, the payee is

 

                 the seller or other transferor.

 

 

 Payer           Includes the person making payments, a recipient of

 

                 mortgage interest payments, a broker, a person

 

                 reporting a real estate transaction, a barter

 

                 exchange, a trustee or issuer of an IRA or SEP, or a

 

                 lender who acquires an interest in secured property

 

                 or who has reason to know that the property has been

 

                 abandoned. The payer will be held responsible for the

 

                 completeness, accuracy, and timely submission of

 

                 magnetic media files.

 

 

 Service Bureau  Person or organization with whom you have a contract

 

                 to prepare and/or submit your information return

 

                 files to MCC. A parent company submitting data for a

 

                 subsidiary is not considered a service bureau.

 

 

 Social Security A nine-digit number assigned by SSA to an individual

 

 Number (SSN)    for tax and wage reporting purposes.

 

 

 Special         Any character that is not a numeral, an alpha, or a

 

 Character       blank.

 

 

 SSA             Social Security Administration.

 

 

 Statement to    For purposes of this revenue procedure, the copy of

 

 Recipient       Form 1099, 1098, 5498, or W-2G that is required to be

 

                 sent by the payer to the payee to provide information

 

                 to be reported on the payer's tax return. When

 

                 reporting Form 1098, the payer is the receiver of the

 

                 mortgage interest and the payee is person making the

 

                 payment. When reporting Form 1099-S the payer is the

 

                 entity reporting the transaction and the payee the

 

                 seller.

 

 

 Taxpayer        May be either an Employer Identification Number (EIN)

 

 Identification  or Social Security Number (SSN).

 

 Number (TIN)

 

 

 Transfer Agent  The transfer agent or paying agent is the entity who

 

 (Paying Agent)  has been contracted or authorized by the payer to

 

                 perform the services of paying and reporting backup

 

                 withholding (Form 941). The payer may be required to

 

                 submit to IRS a Form 2678, Employer Appointment of

 

                 Agent Under Section 3504 of the Internal Revenue

 

                 Code, which notifies IRS of the transfer agent

 

                 relationship.

 

 

 Transmitter     Person or organization submitting magnetic media

 

                 file(s). May be Payer or agent of Payer.

 

 

 Transmitter     A five character alpha/numeric number Code (TCC)

 

 Control         assigned by IRS to the transmitter prior to actual

 

                 filing on magnetic media. This number is inserted in

 

                 the "A" Record of your files and must be present

 

                 before the file can be processed. An application Form

 

                 4419 must be filed with IRS/MCC to receive this

 

                 number.

 

 

SEC. 19. STATE ABBREVIATIONS

.01 You MUST use the following state abbreviations when developing the state code portion of address fields. This table provides state abbreviations only and does not represent those states participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

 State                                                           Code

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Alabama                                                           AL

 

 Alaska                                                            AK

 

 American Samoa                                                    AS

 

 Arizona                                                           AZ

 

 Arkansas                                                          AR

 

 California                                                        CA

 

 Colorado                                                          CO

 

 Connecticut                                                       CT

 

 Delaware                                                          DE

 

 District of Columbia                                              DC

 

 Florida                                                           FL

 

 Georgia                                                           GA

 

 Guam                                                              GU

 

 Hawaii                                                            HI

 

 Idaho                                                             ID

 

 Illinois                                                          IL

 

 Indiana                                                           IN

 

 Iowa                                                              IA

 

 Kansas                                                            KS

 

 Kentucky                                                          KY

 

 Louisiana                                                         LA

 

 Maine                                                             ME

 

 Mariana Islands                                                   MP

 

 Maryland                                                          MD

 

 Massachusetts                                                     MA

 

 Michigan                                                          MI

 

 Minnesota                                                         MN

 

 Mississippi                                                       MS

 

 Missouri                                                          MO

 

 Montana                                                           MT

 

 Nebraska                                                          NE

 

 Nevada                                                            NV

 

 New Hampshire                                                     NH

 

 New Jersey                                                        NJ

 

 New Mexico                                                        NM

 

 New York                                                          NY

 

 North Carolina                                                    NC

 

 North Dakota                                                      ND

 

 Ohio                                                              OH

 

 Oklahoma                                                          OK

 

 Oregon                                                            OR

 

 Pennsylvania                                                      PA

 

 Puerto Rico                                                       PR

 

 Rhode Island                                                      RI

 

 South Carolina                                                    SC

 

 South Dakota                                                      SD

 

 Tennessee                                                         TN

 

 Texas                                                             TX

 

 Utah                                                              UT

 

 Vermont                                                           VT

 

 Virgin Islands                                                    VI

 

 Virginia                                                          VA

 

 Washington                                                        WA

 

 West Virginia                                                     WV

 

 Wisconsin                                                         WI

 

 Wyoming                                                           WY

 

 

.02 You must adhere to the City, State, and ZIP Code format for U.S. addresses in the "B" Record. This also includes American Samoa, Guam, Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands.

.03 For foreign country addresses you may use a 40-position free format which should include city, province or state, postal code, and name of country in this order. This is allowable only if a "1" appears in the Foreign Country Indicator Field of the "B" Record.

.04 Payers who require minor format deviations for the address field MUST contact IRS/MCC in writing. Records deviating from the specifications in this revenue procedure, and submitted without prior approval from IRS will be returned for replacement.

.05 When reporting APO/FPO addresses use the following format:

 EXAMPLE:

 

 

      Payee Name                               PVT Willard J. Doe

 

      Mailing Address                          Company F, PSC Box 100

 

                                               167 Infantry REGT

 

      Payee City                               APO (or FPO)

 

  /*/ Payee State                              AE, AA or AP

 

      Payee ZIP Code                           098010100

 

 

/*/ AE is the designation for ZIPs beginning with 090-098, AA for ZIP 340, and AP for ZIPs 962-966

SEC. 20. MAJOR PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

IRS encourages filers to verify the format and content of each type of record to ensure the accuracy of the data. This may eliminate the need for IRS/MCC to return files for replacement. This may be important for those filers who have either had their files prepared by a third party service bureau or who have purchased pre-programmed software packages. If you purchased your software package for a previous tax year, it may no longer be valid for reporting your current tax year information returns. Following are some of the most frequently encountered problems with magnetic/electronic files submitted to IRS/MCC.

1. Discrepancy between IRS totals and totals in Payer "C" Records.

The "C" Record is a summary record for a type of return for a given payer as reported in the "B" Records. IRS balances the total number of payees and payment amounts and compares them with totals in the "C" Records. Payers should verify the accuracy of the records because imbalances may necessitate return of files for replacement.

2. The Payment Amount Fields in the "B" Record do not correspond to the amount codes in the "A" Record.

If codes 2, 4, and 7 appear in the Amount Codes Field of the "A" Record, then the "B" Record must show payment amounts in Fields 2, 4, and 7, right-justified and unused positions zero filled.

          EXAMPLE: "A" RECORD 247bbbbbb -- (b = blank)

 

                                    (Pos. 23-31)

 

                                    (pos. 24-32 for 8" diskettes)

 

 

                      "B" RECORD 0000867599 -- (Payment Amount 2)

 

                                    (Pos. 61-70)

 

                                    (pos. 62-71 for 8" diskettes)

 

 

                                    0000709097 -- (Payment Amount 4)

 

                                    (Pos. 81-90)

 

                                    (pos. 82-91 for 8" diskettes)

 

 

                                    0000044985 -- (Payment Amount 7)

 

                                    (Pos. 111-120)

 

                                    (pos. 112-121 for 8" diskettes)

 

 

3. Blanks or invalid characters appear in Payment Amount Fields in the "B" Record.

Money amounts must be right-justified and zero (0) filled. DO NOT USE BLANKS.

4. Incorrect TIN in Payer "A" Record.

The Payer's TIN reported in position 7-15 (positions 8-16 for 8" diskettes) of the "A" Record must be correct in order for IRS to process the media. The TIN provided in the "A" Record should correspond with the name provided in the first payer name line.

5. Bad Format.

We receive magnetic tape formatted using 8-inch diskette specifications and vice versa. BE SURE TO USE THE PROPER SECTION OF THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE FOR FORMATTING YOUR DATA.

6. The City/State/ZIP Code in the Payee "B" Record is in wrong format.

The Payee City, State, and ZIP Code in the "B" Record MUST be coded in the correct positions. If you cannot code this information in the correct fields, you MUST request a deviation in writing from IRS/MCC, and explain how your address information will be reported.

7. Form W-2 information submitted on same media as Form 1099 information.

Form W-2 information is submitted to the Social Security Administration (SSA), and NOT to IRS/MCC. The Social Security Administration has its own magnetic media reporting program for wage information, and the media containing Forms W-2 is submitted to SSA. Any media received at IRS/MCC that contains Form W-2 information will be returned to the filer. Contact your local SSA office for information concerning filing Forms W-2 on magnetic media.

8. Excessive withholding credits.

For most information returns, other than Form 1099-R, withholding credits should NOT exceed 20 percent of the income reported. Validate the total reported in the withholding field against the total income reported.

9. Incorrect format for TINs in the Payee "B" Record.

A check of your "B" records should be made to ensure the Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs) are formatted correctly. There should be nine digits, no alpha characters, no hyphens or commas. Incorrect formatting of TINs may result in a penalty.

10. Distribution Codes for Form 1099-R reported incorrectly.

A numeric Distribution Code must always be used in conjunction with Distribution Codes A, B, or C. The numeric code must be reported in position 4, and the A, B, or C must be in position 5. (Positions 5 and 6, respectively, for 8" diskettes.)

PART B. MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS

SEC. 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in the magnetic media file. These specifications must be adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS.

.02 A provision is made in the "B" Records for Special Data Entries. These entries are optional. If the field is not utilized, enter blanks to maintain a fixed record length of 420 positions. The field is intended to serve one or both of these purposes:

(a) Contain information required by state or local governments. Filers who wish to use this option for satisfying state or local reporting requirements should contact their state or local department of revenue for filing instructions. (Also refer to Part A, Sec. 17.)

(b) Contain information for the filer's own personal use and used at the discretion of the filer to include information related to each individual return. IRS will not use the information supplied in this field. The length of this field will vary depending on the type of return.

.03 Use "K" Records only if you are an approved Combined Federal/State filer.

SEC. 2. TAPE SPECIFICATIONS

.01 IRS can process most magnetic tape files if the following specifications are followed:

(a) 9 track EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) with:

(1) Odd Parity

(2) A density of 1600, or 6250 BPI. 800 BPI is no longer acceptable.

(3) If you use UNISYS Series 1100, you must submit an interchange tape.

(b) 9 track ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange) with:

(1) Odd Parity

(2) A density of 1600 or 6250 BPI.

(c) MCC will no longer process data received on 9 track tape with a density of 800 BPI.

Please be consistent in the use of recording codes and density on your files.

.02 All compatible tape files must have the following characteristics: Type of tape -- 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) wide, computer grade magnetic tape on reels of up to 2400 feet (731.52 m) within the following specifications:

(a) Tape thickness: 1.0 or 1.5 mils and

(b) Reel diameter: 10.5 inch (26.67 cm), 8.5 inch (21.59 cm), 7 inch (17.78), or 6 inch.

.03 The tape records defined in this revenue procedure may be blocked subject to the following:

(a) A block must not exceed 25,200 tape positions.

(b) If the use of blocked records would result in a short block, all remaining positions of the block must be filled with 9s; however, the last block of the file may be filled with 9s or truncated. Do not pad a block with blanks.

(c) All records, except the header and trailer labels, may be blocked.

(d) Records may not span blocks.

.05 Labeled or unlabeled tapes may be submitted.

.06 For the purposes of this revenue procedure the following must be used.

Tape Mark:

(a) Used to signify the physical end of the recording on tape.

(b) For even parity, use BCD configuration 001111 ("8421").

(c) May follow the header label and precede and/or follow the trailer label.

SEC. 3. TAPE CARTRIDGE SPECIFICATIONS

.01 In most instances the IRS can process tape cartridges that meet the following specifications:

(a) must be IBM 3480 or 3490 compatible.

(b) must meet American National Standard Institute (ANSI) standards, and have the following characteristics:

(1) Tape cartridges will be 1/2 inch tape contained in plastic cartridges which are approximately 4 inches by 5 inches by 1 inch in dimension.

(2) Magnetic tape will be chromium dioxide particle based 1/2 inch tape.

(3) Cartridges will be 18-track parallel.

(4) Cartridges will contain 14,907 bytes/mm (37,871 bytes/in).

(5) Mode will be full function.

(6) THE DATA MUST NOT BE COMPRESSED.

(7) Either EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) or ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange).

.02 The tape cartridge records defined in this revenue procedure may be blocked subject to the following:

(a) A block must not exceed 25,200 tape positions.

(b) If the use of blocked records would result in a short block, all remaining positions of the block must be filled with 9s; however, the last block of the file may be filled with 9s or truncated. Do not pad a block with blanks.

(c) All records, except the header and trailer labels, may be blocked.

(d) Records may not span blocks.

.03 Tape cartridges may be labeled or unlabeled.

.04 For the purposes of this revenue procedure the following must be used.

Tape Mark:

(a) Used to signify the physical end of the recording on tape.

(b) For even parity, use BCD configuration 001111 ("8421").

(c) May follow the header label and precede and/or follow the trailer label.

Please be consistent in the use of recording codes and density on your files. If your tape cartridge does not meet these specifications, you are encouraged to submit a test prior to submitting your actual file. Contact IRS/MCC for further information.

SEC. 4. 5 1/4-INCH AND 3 1/2-INCH DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

.01 To be compatible, a diskette file must meet the following specifications:

(a) 5 1/4 or 3 1/2 inches in diameter.

(b) Data must be recorded in standard ASCII code. For 5 1/4-inch diskettes, data may be recorded using EBCDIC if the diskette is created on an IBM Systems 36.

(c) Records must be fixed length of 420 bytes per record.

(d) Delimiter character commands must not be used.

(e) Positions 419 and 420 of each record has been reserved for use as carriage return/line feed (cr/lf) character if applicable.

(f) Filename of IRSTAX must be used. Do not enter any other data in this field. If a file will consist of more than one diskette, the filename IRSTAX will contain a three-digit extension. This extension will indicate the sequence of the diskettes within the file. For example, the first diskette will be named IRSTAX.001, the second diskette will be IRSTAX.002, etc.

(g) A diskette file may consist of multiple diskettes as long as the file name conventions are adhered to.

(h) Diskettes must meet one of the following specifications:

 Capacity            Tracks            Sides/Density      Sector Size

 

 

 1.44 mb             96tpi             hd                 512

 

 1.44 mb             35tpi             hd                 512

 

 1.2  mb             96tpi             hd                 512

 

 720  kb             48tpi             ds/dd              512

 

 360  kb             48tpi             ds/dd              512

 

 320  kb             48tpi             ds/dd              512

 

 180  kb             48tpi             ss/dd              512

 

 160  kb             48tpi             ss/dd              512

 

 

.02 IRS prefers that 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes be created using MS DOS however, diskettes created using other operating systems may be acceptable. IRS/MCC has equipment that can convert diskettes created under virtually any operating system to the appropriate MS/DOS format. We strongly recommend that you submit a test file for 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes, especially if your data was not created using MS/DOS.

.03 Deviations from the prescribed formats will not be acceptable. Diskettes deviating from the specifications in this revenue procedure must not be submitted without prior approval from IRS.

SEC. 5. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD -- GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS

.01 The Payer/Transmitter "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the magnetic media file and provide parameters for the succeeding "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

.02 The number of "A" Records depends on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer and for one type of return should be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.

.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if you are filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2, and 3, all three amount codes must be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records that do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no payment to be reported.

.04 The first record on the file must be an "A" Record. A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a tape or diskette; however, each GROUP of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record and followed by an End of Payer "C" Record. A single tape or diskette may contain different types of returns but the types of returns MUST NOT be intermingled.

.05 ALL RECORDS MUST BE A FIXED LENGTH OF 420 POSITIONS.

.06 An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records; however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.

.07 Do not begin any record at the end of a block or diskette and continue the same record into the next block.

.08 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record must be upper-case.

.09 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest (the filer) referred to as the payer in these instructions. The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.

               RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 

 NOTE: For all fields marked REQUIRED, you must provide the

 

 information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields

 

 not marked REQUIRED, you must allow for the field but may be

 

 instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated media

 

 position(s) and for the indicated length. All records are now a fixed

 

 length of 420 positions.

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "A."

 

 

 2-3        Payment Year       2        REQUIRED. Enter "92."

 

 

 4-6        Reel Sequence      3        The reel sequence number

 

            Number                      incremented by 1 for each tape

 

                                        or diskette on the file

 

                                        starting with 001. You may

 

                                        choose to enter blanks or

 

                                        zeros in this field. IRS

 

                                        bypasses this information. You

 

                                        must indicate the proper

 

                                        sequence on the external label

 

                                        Form 5064.

 

 

 7-15       Payer's TIN        9        REQUIRED. Must be the valid

 

                                        nine digit number assigned to

 

                                        the payer. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        BLANKS, HYPHENS, or ALPHA

 

                                        CHARACTERS. All zeros, ones,

 

                                        twos, etc. will have the

 

                                        affect of an incorrect TIN.

 

                                        For foreign corporations that

 

                                        are not required to have a

 

                                        TIN, this field may be blank;

 

                                        however, the Foreign

 

                                        Corporation Indicator,

 

                                        position 49 of the "A" Record,

 

                                        should be set to "1." (See

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of a foreign

 

                                        corporation.)

 

 

 16-19      Payer Name Control 4        The Payer Name Control can be

 

                                        obtained only from the mail

 

                                        label on the Package 1099 that

 

                                        is mailed to most payers each

 

                                        December. To distinguish

 

                                        between Package 1099 and the

 

                                        Magnetic Media Reporting (MMR)

 

                                        package, the Package 1099

 

                                        contains instructions for

 

                                        paper filing only and the mail

 

                                        label on the package contains

 

                                        a four (4) character NAME

 

                                        CONTROL. The MMR package

 

                                        contains instructions for

 

                                        filing on magnetic media only,

 

                                        and the mail label DOES NOT

 

                                        contain a name control. Names

 

                                        of less than four (4)

 

                                        characters should be left

 

                                        -justified, filling the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. If you

 

                                        have not received a Package

 

                                        1099 or you do not know your

 

                                        Payer Name Control, this field

 

                                        should be blank filled.

 

 

 20         Last Filing        1        Enter a "1" if this is the

 

            Indicator                   last year you will file;

 

 

                                        otherwise, enter blank. Use

 

                                        this indicator if, due to a

 

                                        merger, bankruptcy, etc., you

 

                                        will not be filing information

 

                                        returns under this payer name

 

                                        and TIN in the future (either

 

                                        magnetically, electronically

 

                                        or on paper).

 

 

 21         Combined Federal   1        Required for the Combined

 

            State Filer                 Federal/State filing program.

 

                                        Enter "1" if participating in

 

                                        the Combined Federal/State

 

                                        Filing Program; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. Refer to Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 17, for further

 

                                        information. Forms 1098, 1099

 

                                        -A, 1099-B, 1099-S, and W-2G

 

                                        cannot be filed under this

 

                                        program.

 

 

 22         Type of Return     1        REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate code from the

 

                                        table below:

 

                                        Type of Return           Code

 

                                        1098                      3

 

                                        1099-A                    4

 

                                        1099-B                    B

 

                                        1099-DIV                  1

 

                                        1099-G                    F

 

                                        1099-INT                  6

 

                                        1099-MISC                 A

 

                                        1099-OID                  D

 

                                        1099-PATR                 7

 

                                        1099-R                    9

 

                                        1099-S                    S

 

                                        5498                      L

 

                                        W-2G                      W

 

 

 23-31      Amount Codes       9        REQUIRED. Enter the

 

            (See Note)                  appropriate amount code for

 

                                        the type of return being

 

                                        reported. For each amount code

 

                                        entered in this field, a

 

                                        corresponding payment amount

 

                                        should appear in the Payee "B"

 

                                        Record. In most cases, the box

 

                                        numbers on paper information

 

                                        returns correspond with the

 

                                        amount codes used to file

 

                                        magnetically/electronically.

 

                                        However, if discrepancies

 

                                        occur, this revenue procedure

 

                                        governs.

 

 

            EXAMPLE: If position 22 of the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

            Record is "7" (for 1099-PATR) and positions 23-31 are

 

            "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks), this indicates that you will be

 

            reporting 3 actual Payment Amounts in all of the following

 

            "B" Records.

 

 

            The first Payment Amount field in the "B" Record will be

 

            all "0" (zeros);

 

            the second will represent Nonpatronage Distributions;

 

            the third will be all "0" (zeros);

 

            the fourth will represent Federal Income Tax Withheld;

 

            the fifth and sixth will be all "0" (zeros);

 

            the seventh will represent Energy Investment Credit; and

 

            the eighth and ninth will be all "0" (zeros).

 

            Enter the Amount Codes in ASCENDING SEQUENCE (i.e.,

 

            247bbbbbb, b = blanks), left-justify, filling unused

 

            positions with blanks. For any further clarification of

 

            the Amount Indicator codes, contact IRS/MCC.

 

 

NOTE: For a detailed explanation of the information to be reported in each Amount Code, refer to the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G."

 Amount Codes                           For Reporting Mortgage

 

 Form 1098 --                           Interest Received from

 

 Mortgage Interest                      Payer(s)/Borrower(s) (Payer of

 

 Statement                              Record) on Form 1098:

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Mortgage interest

 

                                               received from

 

                                               payer(s)/borrower(s)

 

                                        2      Points paid directly by

 

                                               payer(s)/borrower(s) on

 

                                               purchase of principal

 

                                               residence

 

 

 Amount Codes                           For Reporting the Acquisition

 

 Form 1099-A --                         or Abandonment of Secured

 

 Acquisition or                         Property on Form 1099-A:

 

 Abandonment of                         Amount

 

 Secured Property                       Code   Amount Type

 

                                        2      Balance of principal

 

                                               outstanding

 

                                        3      Gross foreclosure

 

                                               proceeds

 

                                        4      Appraisal value

 

 

 Amount Codes                           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-B --                         1099-B:

 

 Proceeds From                          2      Stocks, bonds, etc.

 

 Broker and                                    (For Forward Contracts

 

 Barter Exchange                               see Note.)

 

 Transactions                           3      Bartering (Do not

 

                                               report negative

 

                                               amounts.)

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

                                        6      Profit (or loss)

 

                                               realized in 1992

 

                                        7      Unrealized profit (or

 

                                               loss) on open contracts

 

                                               -- 12/31/91

 

                                        8      Unrealized profit (or

 

                                               loss) on open contracts

 

                                               -- 12/31/92

 

                                        9      Aggregate profit (or

 

                                               loss)

 

 

NOTE: The Payment Amount field associated with Amount Code 2 may be used to represent a loss when the reporting is for Forward Contracts. Refer to "B" Record -- General Field Descriptions, Payment Amount Fields, for instructions on reporting negative amounts. Do not report negative amounts for Amount Codes 3 and 4.

 Amount Codes                           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-DIV --                       1099-DIV:

 

 Dividends and                          Amount

 

 Distributions                          Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Gross dividends and

 

                                               other distributions on

 

                                               stock (see Note)

 

                                        2      Ordinary dividends (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        3      Capital gain

 

                                               distributions (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        4      Nontaxable

 

                                               distributions (if

 

                                               determinable) (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        5      Investment expenses

 

                                               (see Note)

 

                                        6      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

                                        7      Foreign tax paid

 

                                        8      Cash liquidation

 

                                               distributions

 

                                        9      Noncash liquidation

 

                                               distributions (show

 

                                               fair market value)

 

 

NOTE: Amount Code 1 MUST be present (unless you are using Amount Codes 8 and 9 only) and must equal the sum of amounts reported in Amount Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5. If an amount is present for Amount Code 1, there must be an amount present for Amount Codes 2-5 as applicable.

 Amount Codes                           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-G --                         1099-G:

 

 Certain Government                     Amount

 

 Payments                               Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Unemployment

 

                                               compensation

 

                                        2      State or local income

 

                                               tax refunds, credits,

 

                                               or offsets

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

                                        5      Discharge of

 

                                               indebtedness

 

                                        6      Taxable grants

 

                                        7      Agriculture payments

 

 

 Amount Codes                           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-INT --                       1099-INT:

 

 Interest Income                        Amount

 

                                        Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Interest income not

 

                                               included in Amount Code

 

                                               3

 

                                        2      Early withdrawal

 

                                               penalty

 

                                        3      Interest on U.S.

 

                                               Savings Bonds and

 

                                               Treasury obligations

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

                                        5      Foreign tax paid

 

 

 Amount Codes                           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-MISC --                      1099-MISC:

 

 Miscellaneous                          Amount

 

 Income                                 Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Rents

 

                                        2      Royalties (see Note 1)

 

                                        3      Prizes, awards, etc.

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

                                        5      Fishing boat proceeds

 

                                        6      Medical and health care

 

                                               payments

 

                                        7      Nonemployee

 

                                               compensation OR Crop

 

                                               Insurance Proceeds (see

 

                                               Note 2)

 

                                        8      Substitute payments in

 

                                               lieu of dividends or

 

                                               interest

 

                                        9      Excess Golden Parachute

 

                                               Payments (see Note 3)

 

 

NOTE 1: Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut" contract; these should be reported on Form 1099-S.

NOTE 2: Amount code "7" is normally used to report nonemployee compensation. However, Amount code "7" may also be used to report Crop Insurance Proceeds. See positions 4-5 of the "B" Record for instructions. If Nonemployee Compensation and Crop Insurance Proceeds are being paid to the same payee, a separate "B" Record for each transaction is required.

NOTE 3: In the past, Amount Code "9" was used to indicate direct sales of $5000 or more. A one position Direct Sales Indicator has been added to the Payee "B" Record for this purpose (Position 12 (position 13, Sector 1, if using 8" diskettes)). Amount Code 9 may only be used to report Excess Golden Parachute Payments.

 Amount Codes                           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-OID --                       1099-OID:

 

 Original Issue                         Amount

 

 Discount                               Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Original issue discount

 

                                               for 1992

 

                                        2      Other periodic interest

 

                                        3      Early withdrawal

 

                                               penalty

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

 

 Amount Codes                           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-PATR --                      1099-PATR:

 

 Taxable                                Amount

 

 Distributions                          Code   Amount Type

 

 Received From Cooperatives             1      Patronage dividends

 

                                        2      Nonpatronage

 

                                               distributions

 

                                        3      Per-unit retain

 

                                               allocations

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

                                        5      Redemption of

 

                                               nonqualified notices

 

                                               and retain allocations

 

                                        6      Investment credit (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        7      Energy investment

 

                                               credit (see Note)

 

                                        8      Jobs credit (see Note)

 

 

NOTE: The amounts shown for Amount Codes 6, 7, and 8 must be reported to the payee; they need not be reported to IRS.

 Amount Codes                           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-R                            1099-R:

 

 Distributions From                     Amount

 

 Pensions, Annuities,                   Code   Amount Type

 

 Retirement or Profit-                  1      Gross distribution (see

 

 Sharing Plans, IRAs,                          Note 2)

 

 Insurance Contracts, etc.              2      Taxable amount (see

 

 (See Note 1)                                  Note 3)

 

                                        3      Amount in Amount Code 2

 

                                               eligible for capital

 

                                               gain election

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (see Note 4)

 

                                        5      Employee contributions

 

                                               or insurance premiums

 

                                        6      Net unrealized

 

                                               appreciation in

 

                                               employer's securities

 

                                        8      Other

 

                                        9      State income tax

 

                                               withheld (see Note 5)

 

 

NOTE 1: Additional information may be required in the "B" Record. Refer to positions 44 thru 48 of the "B" Record.

NOTE 2: If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total distribution, enter a "1" in position 47 of the "B" Record.

NOTE 3: If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative amount. For example, if stock is distributed but the value is less than the employee's after-tax contributions, enter the value of the stock in Amount Code 1, enter zero (0) in Amount Code 2, and enter the employee's contribution in Amount Code 5.

If taxable amount cannot be determined, enter a "1" in position 48 of the "B" Record.

If you are reporting an IRA/SEP distribution, generally include the amount of the distribution in the Taxable Amount (Payment Amount field 2, positions 61-70) and enter a "1" in the IRA/SEP Indicator field (position 44) (a "1" may be entered in the Taxable Amount Not Determined field (position 48)) of the Payee "B" Record. See the explanation for Box 2a of Form 1099-R in the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for exceptions to reporting the taxable amount.

NOTE 4: See the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information concerning the definition of Federal income tax withheld for Form 1099-R.

NOTE 5: State income tax withheld has been added for the convenience of the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 Amount Codes                           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-S --                         1099-S:

 

 Proceeds From                          Amount

 

 Real Estate                            Code   Amount Type

 

 Transactions                           2      Gross proceeds (see

 

                                               Note)

 

 

NOTE: Report payments of TIMBER royalties made under a "pay-as-cut" contract here. For more information, see Ann. 90-129, 1990-48 I.R.B. 10. If timber royalties are being reported, enter "TIMBER" in the description field of the "B" record.

 Amount Codes                           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 5498-                             5498:

 

 Individual                             Amount

 

 Retirement                             Code   Amount Type

 

 Arrangement                            1      Regular IRA

 

 Information                                   contributions made in

 

 (See Note)                                    1992 and 1993 for 1992

 

                                        2      Rollover IRA

 

                                               contributions

 

                                        3      Life insurance cost

 

                                               included in Amount

 

                                               Code 1

 

                                        4      Fair market value of

 

                                               the account

 

 

NOTE: For information regarding Inherited IRAs, refer to Rev. Proc. 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632. Beneficiary information must be given in the Payee Name Line of the "B" Record.

If reporting IRA contributions for a Desert Shield/Storm participant for other than 1992, enter "DS," the year for which the contribution was made, and the amount of the contribution in the Special Data Entries field of the "B" Record.

For further information concerning Inherited IRAs or Desert Shield/Storm participant reporting refer to the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G," and Notice 91-17, 1991-1 C.B. 319.

 Amount Codes                           For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form W-2G --                           W-2G:

 

 Certain Gambling                       Amount

 

 Winnings                               Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Gross winnings

 

                                        2      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld

 

                                        3      State income tax

 

                                               withheld (see Note)

 

                                        7      Winnings from identical

 

                                               wagers

 

 

NOTE: State income tax withheld has been added for the convenience of the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 32         Test Indicator     1        REQUIRED. Enter "T" if this is

 

                                        a TEST file; otherwise enter a

 

                                        blank.

 

 

 33         Service Bureau     1        Enter "1" if you used a

 

            Indicator                   service bureau to develop

 

                                        and/or transmit your files;

 

                                        otherwise enter blank. See

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of Service Bureau.

 

 

 34-41      Blank              8        Enter blanks.

 

 

 42-43      Magnetic Tape      2        Required for magnetic

 

            Filer Indicator             tape/tape cartridge filers

 

                                        only. Enter the letters "LS"

 

                                        (in UPPERCASE ONLY). Use of

 

                                        this field by filers using

 

                                        other types of media will be

 

                                        acceptable but is not

 

                                        required.

 

 

 44-48      Transmitter        5        REQUIRED. Enter the five

 

            Control Code (TCC)          character alpha/numeric

 

                                        Transmitter Control Code

 

                                        assigned by IRS. You must have

 

                                        a TCC to file data on this

 

                                        program. DO NOT ENTER MORE

 

                                        THAN ONE TCC PER FILE.

 

 

 49         Foreign            1        Enter a "1" if the payer is a

 

            Corporation                 Foreign Corporation and income

 

            Indicator                   is paid by the corporation to

 

                                        a U.S. resident (See Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 18 for the definition of

 

                                        a Foreign Corporation.) If the

 

                                        payer is not a Foreign

 

                                        Corporation, enter a blank.

 

                                        See Note.

 

 

NOTE: If you erroneously report entities as foreign, you may be subject to a penalty for providing incorrect information to IRS. Therefore, be sure to code only those records as foreign corporations that should be coded as such.

 50-89      First Payer        40       REQUIRED. Enter the name of

 

            Name Line                   the payer whose TIN appears in

 

                                        positions 7-15 of the "A"

 

                                        Record, in the manner in which

 

                                        it was used when the TIN was

 

                                        acquired. Any extraneous

 

                                        information must be deleted.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. (Do not enter a

 

                                        Transfer Agent's name in this

 

                                        field. Any Transfer Agent's

 

                                        name should appear in the

 

                                        Second Payer Name field.)

 

 

NOTE: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest (the filer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (the payer of record) and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction and the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.

 90-129     Second Payer       40       If the Transfer Agent

 

            Name Line                   Indicator (pos. 130) contains

 

                                        a "1," this field must contain

 

                                        the name of the Transfer

 

                                        Agent. If the indicator

 

                                        contains a "0" (zero), this

 

                                        field may contain either a

 

                                        continuation of the First

 

                                        Payer Name Line or blanks.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 130        Transfer Agent     1        REQUIRED. Identifies the

 

            Indicator                   entity in the Second Payer

 

                                        Name field. (See Part A, Sec.

 

                                        18 for a definition of

 

                                        Transfer Agent.)

 

 

                                        Code     Meaning

 

                                        1        The entity in the

 

                                                 Second Payer Name

 

                                                 field is the Transfer

 

                                                 Agent.

 

                                        0 (zero) The entity shown is

 

                                                 not the Transfer

 

                                                 Agent (i.e., the

 

                                                 Second Payer Name

 

                                                 field contains either

 

                                                 a continuation of the

 

                                                 First Payer Name

 

                                                 field or blanks).

 

 

 131-170    Payer Shipping     40       REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            Address                     AGENT INDICATOR in position

 

                                        130 is a "1," enter the

 

                                        shipping address of the

 

                                        Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the ACTUAL shipping

 

                                        address of the payer. The

 

                                        street address should include

 

                                        number, street, apartment or

 

                                        suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                        mail is not delivered to

 

                                        street address). Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks.

 

 

 171-210    Payer City, State, 40       REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            and ZIP Code                AGENT and INDICATOR in

 

                                        position 130 is a "1," enter

 

                                        the City, Town, or Post

 

                                        Office, State and ZIP Code of

 

                                        the Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the ACTUAL City, Town,

 

                                        or Post Office, State and ZIP

 

                                        Code of the payer. Left

 

                                        -justify and fill with blanks.

 

 

 211-290    Transmitter Name   80       REQUIRED if the payer and

 

                                        transmitter are not the same.

 

                                        Enter the name of the

 

                                        transmitter in the manner in

 

                                        which it is used in normal

 

                                        business. The name of the

 

                                        transmitter must be reported

 

                                        in the same manner throughout

 

                                        the entire file. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same, this field may be blank.

 

 

 291-330    Transmitter        40       REQUIRED if the payer and

 

            Mailing Address             transmitter are not the same.

 

                                        Enter the mailing address of

 

                                        the transmitter. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks. If the payer

 

                                        and transmitter are the same,

 

                                        this field may be blank.

 

 

 331-370    Transmitter City,  40       REQUIRED if the payer and

 

            State and ZIP Code          transmitter are not the same.

 

                                        Enter the City, Town, or Post

 

                                        Office, State and ZIP Code of

 

                                        the transmitter. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same, this field may be blank.

 

 

 371-418    Blank              48       Enter blanks.

 

 

 419-420    Blank              2        Enter blanks or Carriage

 

                                        Return/Line Feed (CR/LF)

 

 

SECTION 6. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD ("B" Record) GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUTS

.01 The "B" Record contains the payment information from the individual returns. When filing information returns, the format for the "B" Records will remain constant and is a fixed length of 420 positions. The record layout for positions 1 through 321 is the same for all "B" Records. Positions 322 through 420 vary for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G to accommodate variations within these forms. In the "A" Record, the Amount Codes that appear in tape or diskette positions 23 through 31 will be left-justified and blank filled. In the "B" Record, you will allow for all nine payment amount fields. For those fields not used, enter zeros (0). For example, if you are reporting on Form 1099-PATR, you will enter a "7" in tape position 22 of the "A" Record, Type of Return. If you are reporting payments for Amount Codes 2, 4, and 7, then media positions 23 through 31 of the "A" Record will be "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks). In the "B" Record:

Positions 51 through 60 for Payment Amount 1 will be zeros.

Positions 61-70 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Nonpatronage distributions."

Positions 71-80 for Payment Amount 3 will be zeros.

Positions 81-90 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Federal income tax withheld."

Positions 91-110 for Payment Amounts 5 and 6 will be zeros.

Positions 111-120 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Energy investment credit."

Positions 121-140 for Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be zeros.

.02 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname are to be entered by the payer.

.03 If payers are unable to determine the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank; however, compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control.

(a) The surname of the payee whose SSN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If, however, your records have been developed using the first name first, you must leave a blank space between the first and last names.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees in the record may be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.

.04 See Part A, Sec. 15 for further information concerning Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs).

.05 A field is also provided in these specifications for Special Data Entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments, or for the filer's own personal use. IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries field; therefore, the IRS program doesn't check the content or format of the data entered in this field. It is the filer's choice whether or not this field is used. If this field is coded, it will not affect the processing of the "B" Records.

.06 Those filers participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program must adhere to all of the specifications in Part A, Sec. 17 in order to participate in this program. FORMS 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-S, AND W-2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

.07 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be upper-case.

.08 Do NOT use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents. Ten dollars must appear as 0000001000 in the payment amount field.

.09 IRS strongly encourages filers to review their data for accuracy before submission to prevent issuance of erroneous notices to persons for whom reports are filed. Filers should be especially careful that the names, TINs, account numbers, types of income, and income amounts are correct.

.10 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest (the filer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (Borrower/Payer of Record) and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction. The "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 

 NOTE: For all fields marked REQUIRED, you must provide the

 

 information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields

 

 not marked REQUIRED, you must allow for the field but may be

 

 instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated position(s) and

 

 for the indicated length. All records are a fixed length of 420

 

 positions.

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B."

 

 

 2-3        Payment Year       2        REQUIRED Enter "92."

 

 

 4-5        Document Specific/ 2        REQUIRED for Forms 1099-G,

 

            Distribution                1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G.

 

            Code                        FOR ALL OTHER FORMS, OR IF NOT

 

            Tax Year of Refund          USED, ENTER BLANKS.

 

            (Form 1099-G only)          For Form 1099-G, use only for

 

                                        Refund reporting the tax year

 

                                        for which the refund, credit

 

                                        or offset was issued. Enter in

 

                                        position 4; position 5 must be

 

                                        blank.

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit, or

 

                                        offset is not attributable to

 

                                        income tax from a trade or

 

                                        business, enter the NUMERIC

 

                                        year from the table below for

 

                                        which the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset was issued (e.g., for

 

                                        1991, enter 1).

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset is exclusively

 

                                        attributable to income from

 

                                        a trade or business, and is

 

                                        not of general application,

 

                                        enter the ALPHA the equivalent

 

                                        of the year from the table

 

                                        below (e.g., for 1991, enter

 

                                        A).

 

 

                                                           Year for

 

                                                          Which TRADE/

 

                                                           BUSINESS

 

                                           Year for         Refund

 

                                         Which GENERAL    Was Issued

 

                                            Refund          (Alpha

 

                                          was Issued      Equivalent)

 

                                              1                A

 

                                              2                B

 

                                              3                C

 

                                              4                D

 

                                              5                E

 

                                              6                F

 

                                              7                G

 

                                              8                H

 

                                              9                I

 

                                              0                J

 

 

            Crop Insurance              For Form 1099-MISC, Enter "1"

 

            Proceeds (Form              in position 4 if the payment

 

            1099-MISC only)             reported for Amount Code 7 is

 

                                        Crop Insurance Proceeds.

 

                                        Position 5 will be blank.

 

 

            Distribution Code           For Form 1099-R, enter the

 

 (Form 1099-R only)                     appropriate Distribution

 

 (For detailed explanations of          Code(s). More than one code

 

 distribution codes, see the            may apply for Form 1099-R;

 

 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099,     however, if only one code

 

 1098, 5498, and W-2G.")                is required, it must be

 

                                        entered in position 4 and

 

                                        position 5 must be blank.

 

                                        Enter at least one (1)

 

                                        Distribution Code. BLANKS in

 

                                        BOTH positions 4 and 5 are NOT

 

                                        acceptable.

 

 

                                        Enter the applicable code from

 

                                        the table that follows.

 

                                        Position 4 must contain a

 

                                        numeric code in all cases

 

                                        except when using P or D.

 

                                        Distribution Code A, B, or C,

 

                                        when applicable, must be

 

                                        entered in position 5 with the

 

                                        applicable numeric code in

 

                                        position 4.

 

 

                                        When using Code P for an IRA

 

                                        distribution under section

 

                                        408(d)(4) of the Internal

 

                                        Revenue Code, you may also

 

                                        enter Code 1, if it applies.

 

 

                                        Only 2 numeric combinations

 

                                        are acceptable, codes 8 and 1,

 

                                        and codes 8 and 2, on one

 

                                        return. These 2 combinations

 

                                        can only be used if both codes

 

                                        apply to the distribution

 

                                        being reported. If more than

 

                                        one numeric code is applicable

 

                                        to different parts of a

 

                                        distribution, report two

 

                                        separate "B" Records.

 

 

                                        Category               Code

 

                                        Early (premature)       1 /*/

 

                                          distribution, no

 

                                          known exception

 

                                        Early (premature)       2 /*/

 

                                          distribution,

 

                                          exception applies

 

                                          (as defined in in

 

                                          section 72(q), (t),

 

                                          or (v) of the

 

                                          Internal Revenue

 

                                          Code) other than

 

                                          disability or death

 

                                        Disability              3 /*/

 

                                        Death (includes         4 /*/

 

                                          payments to a

 

                                          beneficiary)

 

                                        Prohibited transaction  5 /*/

 

                                        Section 1035 Exchange   6

 

                                        Normal distribution     7 /*/

 

                                        Excess contributions

 

                                          plus earnings/excess

 

                                          deferrals             8 /*/

 

                                          (and/or earnings)

 

                                          taxable in 1992

 

                                        PS 58 costs             9

 

                                        Excess contributions    P /*/

 

                                          plus earnings/excess

 

                                          deferrals taxable

 

                                          in 1991

 

                                        Qualifies for 5 or      A

 

                                          10-year averaging

 

                                        Qualifies for death     B

 

                                          benefit exclusion

 

                                        Qualifies for

 

                                          both A and B          C

 

                                        Excess contributions

 

                                          plus earnings/excess

 

                                          deferrals             D /*/

 

                                          taxable in 1990

 

 

/*/ If you are reporting an IRA or SEP distribution for Code 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, P, or D, you must code a "1" in Position 44 of the "B" Record.

            Type of Wager               For Form W-2G, enter the

 

            (Form W-2G only)            applicable code in position 4.

 

                                        Position 5 will be blank.

 

 

                                         Category                Code

 

                                         Horse Race Track (or

 

                                           Off-Track Betting of

 

                                           a Horse Track nature)    1

 

                                         Dog Race Track (or

 

                                           Off-Track Betting of

 

                                           a Dog Track nature)      2

 

                                         Jai-alai                   3

 

                                         State Conducted Lottery    4

 

                                         Keno                       5

 

                                         Casino Type Bingo. DO

 

                                           NOT use this code for

 

                                           any other type of

 

                                           Bingo winnings (e.g.,

 

                                           Church or Fire Dept.)    6

 

                                         Slot Machines              7

 

                                         Any other type of

 

                                           gambling winnings.

 

                                           (This includes Church

 

                                           Bingo, Fire Dept.

 

                                           Bingo, or unlabeled

 

                                           winnings.)               8

 

 

 6          2nd TIN Notice     1        For Forms 1099-B, 1099-DIV,

 

                                        1099-INT, 1099-MISC. 1099-OID,

 

                                        and 1099-PATR only.

 

 

                                        Enter "2" to indicate you were

 

                                        notified by IRS twice within 3

 

                                        calendar years that the payee

 

                                        provided an incorrect name

 

                                        and/or TIN combination;

 

                                        otherwise, enter a blank.

 

 

 7          Corrected Return   1        Indicate a corrected return.

 

            Indicator                   Code   Definition

 

                                        G      If this is a one

 

                                               transaction correction

 

                                               or the first of a two

 

                                               transaction correction.

 

 

                                        C      If this is the second

 

                                               transaction of a two

 

                                               transaction correction.

 

 

                                        Blank  If this is not a return

 

                                               being submitted to

 

                                               correct information

 

                                               already processed by

 

                                               IRS.

 

 

NOTE: Refer to Part A, Sec. 14 for specific instructions on how to file corrected returns.

 8-11       Name Control       4        If determinable, enter the

 

                                        first four (4) characters of

 

                                        the surname of the person

 

                                        whose TIN is being reported in

 

                                        positions 15-23 of the "B"

 

                                        Record; otherwise, enter

 

                                        blanks. This is usually the

 

                                        payee. IF THE NAME THAT

 

                                        CORRESPONDS TO THE TIN IS NOT

 

                                        INCLUDED IN THE FIRST OR

 

                                        SECOND PAYEE NAME LINE AND THE

 

                                        CORRECT NAME CONTROL IS NOT

 

                                        PROVIDED, A BACKUP WITHHOLDING

 

                                        NOTICE MAY BE GENERATED FOR

 

                                        THE RECORD. Surnames of less

 

                                        than four (4) characters

 

                                        should be left-justified,

 

                                        filling the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. Special

 

                                        characters and imbedded blanks

 

                                        should be removed. In the case

 

                                        of a business, other than sole

 

                                        proprietorship, use the first

 

                                        four significant characters of

 

                                        the business name. Disregard

 

                                        the word "the" when it is the

 

                                        first word of the name, UNLESS

 

                                        there are only two words in

 

                                        the name. A dash (-) and an

 

                                        ampersand (&) are the only

 

                                        acceptable special characters.

 

                                        Surname prefixes are

 

                                        considered part of the

 

                                        surname, e.g., for Van Elm,

 

                                        the name control would be

 

                                        VANE.

 

 

NOTE: Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters are allowed (i.e., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, dash, etc.), this information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing AFTER data has been successfully processed.

 The following examples may be helpful to you in developing the Name

 

 Control:

 

 

                         NAME                            NAME CONTROL

 

 Individuals:

 

 

                         Jane Brown                      BROW

 

                         John A. Lee                     LEE /*/

 

                         James P. En, Sr.                EN /*/

 

                         John O'Neill                    ONEI

 

                         Mary Van Buren                  VANB

 

                         Juan De Jesus                   DEJE

 

                         Gloria A. El-Roy                EL-R

 

                         Mr. John Smith                  SMIT

 

                         Joe McCarthy                    MCCA

 

                         Pedro Torres-Lopes              TORR

 

                         Maria Lopez Moreno /**/         LOPE

 

                         Binh To La                      LA /*/

 

                         Nhat Thi Pham                   PHAM

 

                         Mark D'Allesandro               DALL

 

 

 Corporations:

 

 

                         The First National Bank         FIRS

 

                         The Hideaway                    THEH

 

                         A & B Cafe                      A&BC

 

                         11TH Street Inc.                11TH

 

 

 Sole Proprietor:

 

 

                         Mark Hemlock DBA                HEML

 

                           The Sunshine Club

 

 

 Partnership:

 

 

                         Robert Aspen and Bess Willow    ASPE

 

                         Harold Fir, Bruce Elm,          FIR /*/

 

                           and Joyce Spruce et al Ptr

 

 

 Estate:

 

 

                         Frank White Estate              WHIT

 

                         Sheila Blue Estate              BLUE

 

 

 Trusts and Fiduciaries:

 

 

                         Daisy Corporation Employee      DAIS

 

                           Benefit Trust

 

                         Trust FBO The Cherryblossom     CHER

 

                           Society

 

 Exempt Organization:

 

 

                         Laborer's Union, AFL-CIO LABO

 

                         St. Bernard's Methodist         STBE

 

                           Church Bldg. Fund

 

 

/*/ Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters must be left-justified and blank filled.

/**/ For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an individual, derive the name control from the first last name.

 12         Direct Sales       1        1099 MISC only. Enter a "1" to

 

            Indicator                   indicate sales of $5,000 or

 

                                        more of consumer products to a

 

                                        person on a buy-sell, deposit

 

                                        -commission, or any other

 

                                        commission basis for resale

 

                                        anywhere other than in a

 

                                        permanent retail

 

                                        establishment. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter a blank.

 

 

 13         Blank              1        Enter blanks.

 

 

 14         Type of TIN        1        This field is used to identify

 

                                        the Taxpayer Identification

 

                                        Number (TIN) in positions 15

 

                                        as either an Employer

 

                                        Identification Number, or a

 

                                        Social Security Number. Enter

 

                                        the appropriate code from the

 

                                        following table:

 

 

                                        Type of     Type of

 

                                          TIN  TIN  Account

 

                                           1   EIN  A business or

 

                                                    other entity

 

                                           2   SSN  An individual

 

                                         blank N/A  If undeterminable,

 

                                                    enter a blank

 

 

 15-23      Taxpayer           9        REQUIRED. Enter the nine digit

 

            Identification              Taxpayer Identification Number

 

            Number                      of the payee (SSN or EIN). If

 

                                        an identification number has

 

                                        been applied for but not

 

                                        received, enter blanks. DO NOT

 

                                        ENTER HYPHENS or ALPHA

 

                                        CHARACTERS. All zeroes, ones,

 

                                        twos, etc. will have the

 

                                        effect of an incorrect TIN.

 

 

 24-43      Payer's Account    20       Enter any number assigned by

 

            Number for Payee            the payer to the payee (e.g.,

 

                                        checking or savings account

 

                                        number). You are encouraged to

 

                                        use this field. THIS NUMBER

 

                                        HELPS TO DISTINGUISH

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYEE RECORDS AND

 

                                        SHOULD BE UNIQUE FOR EACH

 

                                        DOCUMENT. DO NOT USE THE

 

                                        PAYEE'S TIN SINCE THIS WILL

 

                                        NOT MAKE EACH RECORD UNIQUE.

 

                                        This information is

 

                                        particularly useful when

 

                                        corrections are filed. This

 

                                        number will be provided with

 

                                        your Backup Withholding

 

                                        notification from the IRS and

 

                                        may be helpful in identifying

 

                                        the branch or subsidiary

 

                                        reporting the transaction. Do

 

                                        not define data in this field

 

                                        in packed decimal format. If

 

                                        fewer than twenty characters

 

                                        are used, you may either left

 

                                        - or right-justify, filling

 

                                        the remaining positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 44         IRA/SEP            1        FORM 1099-R ONLY. Enter "1" if

 

            Indicator                   reporting a distribution from

 

            (See Note)                  an IRA or SEP; otherwise enter

 

                                        a blank.

 

 

NOTE: Generally, report the total amount distributed from an IRA or SEP in payment amount field 2 (Taxable Amount), as well as payment amount field 1 (Gross Distribution) of the "B" Record. You may indicate the taxable amount was not determined by using the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator (position 48) of the "B" Record.

 45-46      Percentage of      2        FORM 1099-R ONLY. Use this

 

            Total Distribution          field when you are reporting a

 

                                        total distribution to more

 

                                        than one person, such as when

 

                                        a participant dies and you

 

                                        distribute to two or more

 

                                        beneficiaries. If the

 

                                        percentage is 100, leave this

 

                                        field blank. If the percentage

 

                                        is a fraction, round off to

 

                                        the nearest whole number (for

 

                                        example, 10.4% will be 10%;

 

                                        10.5% or more will be 11%).

 

                                        Enter the percentage received

 

                                        by the person whose TIN is

 

                                        included in positions 15-23 of

 

                                        the "B" Record. This field

 

                                        must be right-justified, and

 

                                        unused positions must be zero

 

                                        filled. If not applicable,

 

                                        enter blanks. You need not

 

                                        enter this information for IRA

 

                                        or SEP distributions.

 

 

 47         Total Distribution 1        FORM 1099-R-ONLY. Enter a "1"

 

            Indicator (See              only if the payment shown for

 

            Note)                       Amount Code 1 is a total

 

                                        distribution that closed out

 

                                        the account; otherwise, enter

 

                                        a blank.

 

 

NOTE: A total distribution is one or more distributions within one tax year in which the entire balance of the account is distributed. Any distribution that does not meet this definition is not a total distribution.

 48         Taxable Amount Not 1        FORM 1099-R-ONLY. Enter a "1"

 

            Determined                  only if you cannot compute the

 

            Indicator                   taxable amount of the payment

 

                                        entered for Payment Amount

 

                                        Field 1 (Gross Distribution)

 

                                        of the "B" Record. If this

 

                                        indicator is used, enter 0

 

                                        (zeros) in Payment Amount

 

                                        Field 2 of the Payee "B"

 

                                        Record. Please make every

 

                                        effort to compute the taxable

 

                                        amount.

 

 

                                        Enter a blank if you are

 

                                        reporting the taxable amount

 

                                        or you are not reporting Form

 

                                        1099-R.

 

 

 49-50      Blank              2        Enter blanks.

 

 

            Payment Amount              REQUIRED. Allow for all

 

            Fields (Must be             payment amounts. For those not

 

            numeric)                    used, enter zeros. For

 

                                        example: If position 22, Type

 

                                        of Return, of the "A" Record

 

                                        is "7" (for 1099-PATR) and

 

                                        positions 23-31, Amount Codes,

 

                                        are "247bbbbbb" (b = blank),

 

                                        this indicates that three

 

                                        actual payment amounts are

 

                                        being reported in the

 

                                        following "B" Records Payment

 

                                        Amount 1 will be all "0"

 

                                        (zeros), Payment Amount 2 will

 

                                        represent Nonpatronage

 

                                        distributions, Payment Amount

 

                                        3 will be all "0" (zeros),

 

                                        Payment Amount 4 will

 

                                        represent Federal Income Tax

 

                                        Withheld, Payment Amounts 5

 

                                        and 6 will be all "0" (zeros),

 

                                        Payment Amount 7 will

 

                                        represent Energy Investment

 

                                        Credit, and Payment Amounts 8

 

                                        and 9 will be all "0" (zeros).

 

                                        Each payment field must

 

                                        contain 10 numeric characters

 

                                        (see Note).

 

 

                                        Each payment amount must be

 

                                        entered in U.S. dollars and

 

                                        cents. The rightmost two

 

                                        positions represent cents in

 

                                        the Payment Amount Fields. Do

 

                                        not enter dollar signs,

 

                                        commas, decimal points or

 

                                        NEGATIVE PAYMENTS, except

 

                                        those items that reflect a

 

                                        loss on Form 1099-B. Positive

 

                                        and negative amounts are

 

                                        indicated by placing a "+" or

 

                                        "-" (minus sign) in the

 

                                        leftmost position of the

 

                                        payment amount field. A

 

                                        negative overpunch in the

 

                                        units position may be used,

 

                                        instead of a minus sign, to

 

                                        indicate a negative amount. If

 

                                        a plus sign, minus sign or

 

 

                                        negative overpunch is not

 

                                        used, the number is assumed to

 

                                        be positive. PAYMENT AMOUNTS

 

                                        MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED AND

 

                                        UNUSED POSITIONS MUST BE ZERO

 

                                        FILLED. FEDERAL INCOME TAX

 

                                        WITHHELD CANNOT BE REPORTED AS

 

                                        A NEGATIVE AMOUNT ON ANY FORM.

 

 

                                        NOTE: If you are reporting a

 

                                        money amount in excess of

 

                                        9999999999 (dollars and

 

                                        cents), it must be reported as

 

                                        follows:

 

 

                                        (1) The first Payee "B" Record

 

                                        MUST contain 9999999999.

 

 

                                        (2) The second Payee "B"

 

                                        Record will contain the

 

                                        remaining money amounts.

 

 

                                        DO NOT SPLIT THIS FIGURE IN

 

                                        HALF.

 

 

 51-60      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 1 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 1 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 61-70      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 2 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 2 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 71-80      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 3 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 3 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 81-90      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 4 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 4 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 91-100     Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 5 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 5 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 101-110    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 6 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 6 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 111-120    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 7 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 7 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 121-130    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 8 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 8 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 131-140    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 9 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 9 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

/*/ If there are discrepancies between these Payment Amount Codes and the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in this revenue procedure govern.

 141-160    Blank              20       Enter blanks.

 

 

 161        Foreign Country    1        If the address of the payee is

 

            Indicator                   in a foreign country, enter a

 

                                        "1" in this field, otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. When using this

 

                                        indicator, you may use a free

 

                                        format for the payee City,

 

                                        State and ZIP Code. Address

 

                                        information must not appear in

 

                                        the First or Second Payee Name

 

                                        Line.

 

 

 162-201    First Payee Name   40       REQUIRED. Enter the name of

 

            Line                        the payee (preferably surname

 

                                        first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN)

 

                                        was provided in positions 15

 

                                        -23 of the "B" Record. Left

 

                                        -justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. If more

 

                                        space is required for the

 

                                        name, utilize the Second Payee

 

                                        Name Line field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose TIN has

 

                                        been provided should be

 

                                        entered in this field. The

 

                                        names of the other payees may

 

                                        be entered in the Second Payee

 

                                        Name Line field. If reporting

 

                                        information for a sole

 

                                        proprietor, the individual's

 

                                        name MUST always be present.

 

                                        The use of the business name

 

                                        is optional in the Second

 

                                        Payee Name Line.

 

 

NOTE: WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT, THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST (THE FILER). THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST (THE BORROWER/PAYER OF RECORD) AND THE AMOUNT PAID. FOR FORMS 1099-S, THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE SELLER/TRANSFEROR INFORMATION.

For Form 5498 Inherited IRAs, enter the beneficiary's name followed by the word "beneficiary." For example, "Brian Young as beneficiary of Joan Smith" or something similar that signifies that the IRA was once owned by Joan Smith. You may abbreviate the word "beneficiary" as, for example, "benef." Refer to the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." The beneficiary's TIN should be reported in positions 15-23 of the "B" Record.

 202-241    Second Payee       40       If there are multiple payees,

 

            Name Line                   (e.g., partners, joint owners,

 

                                        or spouses), use this field

 

                                        for those names not associated

 

                                        with the TIN provided in

 

                                        position 15-23 of the "B"

 

                                        Record or if not enough space

 

                                        was provided in the First

 

                                        Payee Name Line continue the

 

                                        name in this field. Do not

 

                                        enter address information in

 

                                        this field. It is important

 

                                        that you provide as much payee

 

                                        information to IRS as possible

 

                                        to identify the owner of the

 

                                        TIN. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES

 

                                        ARE PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 242-281    Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

For U.S. addresses, the payee City, State, and ZIP Code must be reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively. For foreign addresses, you may use the payee City, State, and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the following order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name of the country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator in position 161 must contain a "1."

 282-310    Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city, town

 

                                        or post office. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. Enter APO or FPO

 

                                        if applicable. Do not enter

 

                                        state and ZIP Code information

 

                                        in this field.

 

 

 311-312    Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviations for states or

 

                                        the appropriate postal

 

                                        identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                        described in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 313-321    Payee ZIP Code     9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid nine

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first five digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For foreign countries,

 

                                        alpha characters are

 

                                        acceptable as long as you have

 

                                        entered a "1" in the Foreign

 

                                        Country Indicator field,

 

                                        located in position 161 of the

 

                                        "B" Record.

 

 

STANDARD PAYEE "B" RECORD FORMAT FOR ALL TYPES OF RETURNS UP TO POSITION 321

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS DEFINE THE FIELD POSITIONS FOR THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF RETURNS IN THE PAYEE "B" RECORD (POSITIONS 322-420):

     (1) Forms 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

         1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498

 

     (2) Form 1099-A

 

     (3) Form 1099-B

 

     (4) Form 1099-OID

 

     (5) Form 1099-S

 

     (6) Form W-2G

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 (1)        FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

            1099-PATR, 1099-R and 5498

 

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 

 350-416    Special Data       67       This portion of the Payee "B"

 

            Entries                     Record may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 417-418    Combined Federal   2        If this payee record is to be

 

            State Code                  forwarded to a state agency as

 

                                        State Code part of the

 

                                        Combined Federal/State Filing

 

                                        Program, enter the valid state

 

                                        code from Part A, Sec. 17,

 

                                        Table 1. For those filers or

 

                                        states NOT participating in

 

                                        this program, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 419-420    Blank              2        Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                        return/ line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

          PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420

 

          FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

                      1099-PATR, 1099-R, AND 5498

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 (2)        PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420

 

            FORM 1099-A

 

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 

 350-370    Special Data       21       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 

 371-376    Date of Lender's   6        FORM 1099-A ONLY. Enter the

 

            Acquisition or              date of your acquisition of

 

            Knowledge of                the secured property or the

 

            Abandonment                 date you first knew or had

 

                                        reason to know the property

 

                                        was abandoned, in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY (e.g., 102392). DO NOT

 

                                        ENTER HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

 377        Liability          1        FORM 1099-A ONLY. Enter the

 

            Indicator                   appropriate indicator from the

 

                                        table below:

 

 

                                        Indicator  Usage

 

 

                                        1          Borrower is

 

                                                   personally liable

 

                                                   for repayment of

 

                                                   the debt.

 

                                        Blank      Borrower is not

 

                                                   liable for

 

                                                   repayment of the

 

                                                   debt.

 

 

 378-416    Description of     39       FORM 1099-A ONLY. Enter a

 

            Property                    brief description of the

 

                                        property. For example, for

 

                                        real property, enter the

 

                                        address, or if the address

 

                                        does not sufficiently identify

 

                                        the property, enter the

 

                                        section, lot and block. For

 

                                        personal property, enter the

 

                                        type, make and model (e.g.,

 

                                        Car-1991 Buick Regal or Office

 

                                        Equipment).

 

 

                                        Enter "CCC" for crops

 

                                        forfeited on Commodity Credit

 

                                        Corporation loans. If fewer

 

                                        than 39 positions are

 

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 417-420    Blank              4        Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                        return/ line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters in positions 419

 

                                        -420.

 

 

                   PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

                     POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-A

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 (3)        PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT POSITION 322-420

 

            FORM 1099-B

 

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 

 350-359    Special Data       10       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 

 360        Gross Proceeds     1        FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter the

 

            Reported to IRS             appropriate indicator from the

 

                                        following table; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

                                        Indicator  Usage

 

                                        1          Gross proceeds

 

                                        2          Gross proceeds less

 

                                                   commissions and

 

                                                   option premiums

 

 

 361-366    Date of Sale       6        FORM 1099-B ONLY. For broker

 

                                        transactions, enter the trade

 

                                        date of the transaction in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102392).

 

                                        For barter exchanges, enter

 

                                        the date cash, property, a

 

                                        credit, or scrip is actually

 

                                        or constructively received.

 

                                        Enter blanks if this is an

 

                                        aggregate transaction. DO NOT

 

                                        ENTER HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

 367-379    CUSIP Number       13       FORM 1099-B ONLY. For broker

 

                                        transactions only, enter the

 

                                        CUSIP (Committee on Uniform

 

                                        Security Identification

 

                                        Procedures) number of the item

 

                                        reported for Amount Code "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not available

 

                                        or applicable. Right-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 380-418    Description        39       FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter a

 

                                        brief description of the item

 

                                        or services for which the

 

                                        proceeds or bartering is being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 39

 

                                        characters are required, left

 

                                        -justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For

 

                                        broker transactions, enter a

 

                                        brief description of the

 

                                        disposition item, (e.g., 100

 

                                        shares of XYZ Corp.). For

 

                                        regulated futures and forward

 

                                        contracts, enter "RFC" or

 

                                        other appropriate

 

                                        descriptions. Also enter any

 

                                        amount subject to backup

 

                                        withholding. For bartering

 

                                        transactions, show the

 

                                        services or property provided.

 

 

 NOTE: The amount withheld in these situations is to be included in

 

 Amount Code 4.

 

 

 419-420    Blank              2        Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                        return/ line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

                   PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

                     POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-B

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 (4)        PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT POSITION 322-420

 

            FORM 1099-OID

 

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 

 350-377    Special Data       28       This portion of the "B" Record

 

                                        may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not used, enter blanks.

 

 

 378-416    Description        39       REQUIRED 1099-OID ONLY. Enter

 

                                        the CUSIP Number, if any; if

 

                                        there is no CUSIP number,

 

                                        enter the abbreviation for the

 

                                        stock exchange and issuer, the

 

                                        coupon rate and year of

 

                                        maturity (e.g., NYSE XYZ 12

 

                                        1/2 95). Show the name of the

 

                                        issuer if other than the

 

                                        payer. If fewer than 39

 

                                        characters are required, left

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 417-418    Combined Federal/  2        If a payee record is to be

 

            State Code                  forwarded to a state agency as

 

                                        part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those filers or states NOT

 

                                        participating in this program,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 419-420    Blank              2        Enter blanks or carriage

 

                                        return/ line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

                   PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

                    POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-OID

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 (5)        PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420

 

            FORM 1099-S

 

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 

 350-372    Special Data       23       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not used, enter blanks.

 

 

 373-378    Date of Closing    6        REQUIRED FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the date in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY (e.g., 102392). DO NOT

 

                                        ENTER HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

 379-417    Address or Legal   39       REQUIRED FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            Description                 Enter the address of the

 

                                        property transferred

 

                                        (including city, state, and

 

                                        ZIP Code). If the address does

 

                                        not sufficiently identify the

 

                                        property, also enter a legal

 

                                        description, such as section,

 

                                        lot, and block. If you are

 

                                        entering an address, include

 

                                        the state and ZIP Code where

 

                                        the property is located. For

 

                                        timber royalties, enter

 

                                        "TIMBER". If fewer than 39

 

                                        positions are required, left

 

                                        -justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 418        Property or        1        REQUIRED FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            Services Received           Enter "1" if the transferor

 

            or To Be Received           received or will receive

 

                                        property (other than cash and

 

                                        consideration treated as cash

 

                                        is computing gross proceeds)

 

                                        or services as part of the

 

                                        consideration for the property

 

                                        transferred. If the transferor

 

                                        may receive property (other

 

                                        than cash) or services to

 

                                        satisfy a debt having a stated

 

                                        principal amount, you must

 

                                        also enter 1; otherwise, enter

 

                                        blank.

 

 

 419-420    Blank              2        Enter blanks or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

                   PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

                     POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-S

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 (6)        PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420

 

            FORM W-2G

 

 

 322-352    Blank              31       Enter blanks.

 

 

 353-358    Date Won           6        REQUIRED FORM W-2G ONLY. Enter

 

                                        the date of the winning event

 

                                        in the format MMDDYY (e.g.,

 

                                        102392). This is not the date

 

                                        the money was paid, if paid

 

                                        after the date of the race (or

 

                                        game). DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                                        SLASHES.

 

 

 359-373    Transaction        15       REQUIRED FORM W-2G ONLY. For

 

                                        state conducted lotteries,

 

                                        enter the ticket or other

 

                                        identifying number. For keno,

 

                                        bingo, and slot machines,

 

                                        enter the ticket or card

 

                                        number (and color, if

 

                                        applicable), machine serial

 

                                        number, or any other

 

                                        information that will help

 

                                        identify the winning

 

                                        transaction. All others, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 374-378    Race               5        FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        the race (or game) applicable

 

                                        to the winning ticket. If no

 

                                        entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 379-383    Cashier            5        FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        the initials of the cashier

 

                                        making the winning payment. If

 

                                        no entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 384-388    Window             5        FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        enter the window number or

 

                                        location of the person paying

 

                                        the winnings; otherwise, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 389-403    First ID           15       FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        enter the first identification

 

                                        number of the person receiving

 

                                        the winnings; otherwise, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 404-418    Second ID          15       FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        enter the second

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings;

 

                                        otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 

 419-420    Blank              2        Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

                   PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

                      POSITIONS 322-420 FORM W-2G

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 8. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Payer "C" RECORD IS A FIXED RECORD LENGTH OF 420 POSITIONS. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "C" Record consists of the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer and/or a particular type of return. The "C" Record MUST be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.03 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3 and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 26-40, 56-85, and 101-145 would be zero filled. Positions 146-420 would be blank filled.

.04 Payers/Transmitters should verify the accuracy of the totals since data with missing or incorrect "C" Records will be returned for replacement.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "C".

 

 

 2-7        Number of Payees   6        REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

                                        number of "B" Records covered

 

                                        by the preceding "A" Record.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill.

 

 

 8-10       Blank              3        Enter blanks.

 

 

      REQUIRED. Accumulate totals of any Payment Amount fields in the

 

 "B" Records, into the appropriate Control Total fields of the "C"

 

 Record. CONTROL TOTALS MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED AND UNUSED CONTROL

 

 TOTAL FIELDS MUST BE ZERO FILLED. All Control Total fields are 15

 

 positions in length.

 

 

 11-25      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 26-40      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 41-55      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 56-70      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 71-85      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 86-100     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 101-115    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 116-130    Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 131-145    Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 

 146-420    Blank             275       Enter blanks. You may enter

 

                                        carriage return/line feed

 

                                        (cr/lf) characters in

 

                                        positions 419-420.

 

 

               END OF PAYER "C" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 9. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

.01 THE STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD IS A FIXED RECORD LENGTH OF 420 POSITIONS. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program, used ONLY when state reporting approval has been granted.

.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "K" Record.

.05 There MUST be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 17 for the requirements and conditions that MUST be met to file on this program.

                 RECORD NAME: STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "K".

 

 2-7        Number of Payees   6        REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

                                        number of "B" Records being

 

                                        coded for this state. Right

 

                                        -justify and zero fill.

 

 

 8-10       Blank              3        Enter blanks.

 

 

      REQUIRED. Accumulate totals of any Payment Amount fields in the

 

 "B" Records (for each state being reported), into the appropriate

 

 Control Total fields of the appropriate "K" Record. CONTROL TOTALS

 

 MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED, AND UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS MUST BE ZERO

 

 FILLED. All Control Total fields are 15 positions in length.

 

 

 11-25      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 26-40      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 41-55      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 56-70      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 71-85      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 86-100     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 101-115    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 116-130    Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 131-145    Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 

 146-416    Blanks             271      Reserved for IRS use. Enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 417-418    Combined Federal/  2        REQUIRED. Enter the code

 

            State Code                  assigned to the state which is

 

                                        to receive the information.

 

                                        (Refer to Part A, Sec. 17

 

                                        Table 1.)

 

 

 419-420    Blank              2        Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

               STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 10. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

.01 THE END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD IS A FIXED RECORD LENGTH OF 420 POSITIONS. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.

              RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "F".

 

 

 2-5        Number of "A"      4        Enter the total number of

 

            Records                     Payer/Transmitter "A" Records

 

                                        in the entire file (right

 

                                        -justify and zero fill) or all

 

                                        zeros.

 

 

 6-30       Zero               25       Enter zeros.

 

 

 31-420     Blank              390      Enter blanks. You may enter

 

                                        carriage return/line feed

 

                                        (cr/lf) characters in

 

                                        positions 419-420.

 

 

            END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

PART C. ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS

SEC. 1. GENERAL

.01 Electronic filing of information returns is offered as an alternative to magnetic media (tape, tape cartridge, or diskette) or paper filing, but is not a requirement. Electronic filing will fulfill the magnetic media requirements for those filers who are required to file magnetically. It may also be used by those payers who are under the filing threshold requirement, but would prefer to file their information returns this way. Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G, originals and corrections, may be filed electronically.

.02 The electronic filing of information returns is not affiliated with the Form 1040 electronic filing program. These two programs are totally independent, and you must obtain separate approval to participate in each of them. All inquiries concerning the electronic filing of information returns should be directed to IRS/MCC. IRS/MCC personnel cannot answer questions or assist taxpayers in the filing of Form 1040 tax returns. Filers with questions of this nature will be directed to the Taxpayer Service toll-free number (1-800-829-1040) for assistance.

.03 There are two methods of filing information returns electronically. One method is to submit information returns through the Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (IRP-BBS) using asynchronous protocols. Another method of filing electronically is by using IBM 3780 bisynchronous protocols. Part A, Sec. 18 contains a definition of asynchronous and bisynchronous protocols. The specifications for both of these methods are given in this section. There are differences between these two methods so please read this section carefully. Any questions can be directed to IRS/MCC.

.04 Filers participating in the electronic filing program for information returns will submit their returns to IRS/ MCC by way of modems, and not through magnetic media or paper filing.

.05 Upon request, payers/transmitters who file electronically will be granted an extension of 30 days to file. Part A, Sec. 11 explains procedures for requesting extensions of time. Filers are encouraged to file their data as soon as possible.

.06 The formats of the "A," "B," "C," "K," and "F" Records are the same for electronically filed records as they are for 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes. For electronically filed documents, each transmission is considered a separate file; therefore, each transmission MUST have an End of Transmission "F" Record.

SEC. 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE

.01 Filers must obtain or already have a Transmitter Control Code (TCC) assigned to them prior to submitting their files electronically. Refer to Part A, Sec. 7 for information on how to obtain a TCC.

.02 Once a TCC is obtained, filers using IRP-BBS assign their own passwords and do not need special approval.

.03 Filers using bisynchronous protocols must obtain an IRS/MCC-assigned password prior to submitting test or actual data files. To obtain a password the following steps must be taken:

(a) Bisynchronous filers who already have a TCC must submit either Form 4419 or a letter to indicate that they wish to file information returns electronically. Another TCC will NOT be assigned. If a letter is submitted, it must contain the following:

1) Name and address of transmitter.

2) Transmitter Control Code.

3) Name and phone number of a contact person within your organization to whom a password will be assigned.

(b) Within 30 days of receiving the application or letter, IRS/MCC will send Form 6086, TSO Password Assignment, to the filer which will contain the password to be used for electronic submissions.

(c) Upon receipt of Form 6086, the user (person who will actually transmit the data) will separate the acknowledgement from the password. Both the user and the user's manager MUST sign the acknowledgement and mail to:

         Chief, Security and Disclosure

 

              Branch

 

         IRS, Martinsburg Computing Center

 

         P.O. Box 1208

 

         Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

(d) The user or filer should retain a copy of the signed acknowledgement for their records. It is the user's responsibility to ensure that the password is not compromised. Access to IRS/MCC computers will not be allowed without a valid password. After a password is received and the acknowledgement returned, the filer may submit a data file.

(e) For security reasons, all bisynchronous passwords will be obsoleted, periodically, and a new password will automatically be assigned. If you have any questions relating to the security procedures, and/or you need to report that your password was compromised, contact IRS/MCC as soon as possible.

.04 With all passwords, either for IRP-BBS or bisynchronous protocols, it is the user's responsibility to remember the password and not allow the password to be compromised.

SEC. 3. TEST FILES

.01 Filers are not required to submit a test file. The purpose of test files is to resolve any data or communication problems prior to the filing season. If you wish to submit an electronic test file for Tax Year 1992, it MUST be submitted to IRS/MCC between October 1, 1992, and January 15, 1993.

.02 If problems are encountered while transmitting your electronic test file, contact IRS/MCC for assistance.

.03 Filers using IRP-BBS can verify the status of their transmitted test data by calling the IRP-BBS. This information will be available within 48 hours after their transmission is received by IRS/MCC.

.04 If bisynchronous protocols are used, obtain a password before submitting an electronic test file. Bisynchronous electronic test files will be processed and filers will be notified as to the acceptability of their data within 10 workdays of the date the data is received by IRS/MCC.

SEC. 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS

.01 Electronically, Asynchronous (IRP-BBS) and Bisynchronous (mainframe), filed information may be submitted to IRS/MCC 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Technical assistance will be available Monday through Friday between 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Eastern Time Zone.

.02 Long transmissions are not encouraged since the transmission may be interrupted by line noise problems.

.03 Actual information returns data may be electronically transmitted to IRS/MCC between January 18 and October 15, 1993 (for Tax Year 1992 submissions). However, the due date(s) for electronically filed returns are not extended.

SEC. 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

.01 All data submitted electronically is verified by transmittal Form 4804. Form 4804 must be submitted to IRS/MCC postmarked on or before the due date of the return or within two (2) workdays of the electronic transmission, whichever is earlier. No return is considered filed until a Form 4804 is received by IRS/MCC.

.02 Form 4804 can be ordered from IRS/MCC or it may be computer generated. A copy of the form is available in the back of this publication. If you choose to computer generate Form 4804, all of the information contained on the original form, including the affidavit, must also be contained on the computer-generated form.

.03 The filer whose TCC is used in the "A" Record is responsible for submitting the transmittal Form 4804.

.04 Forms 4804 may be mailed to the following addresses.

     If by Postal Service:

 

     IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

     ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator

 

     P.O. Box 1359

 

     Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359

 

 

     If by truck or air freight:

 

     IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

     ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator

 

     Route 9 and Needy Road

 

     Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

.05 Form 4804 submitted for electronically filed information returns may be faxed to IRS/MCC at the following number: (304) 264-5196. Faxed transmittals will allow IRS/MCC to begin processing the file immediately; however, you must still submit the actual signed Form 4804 within the time frames described in .01 of this section.

SEC. 6. INFORMATION REPORTING PROGRAM BULLETIN BOARD SYSTEM (IRP-BBS) SPECIFICATIONS

.01 The IRP-BBS is an electronic bulletin board system available to filers of information returns. In addition to filing information returns electronically, the IRP-BBS provides other capabilities. Some of the advantages of IRP-BBS are as follows:

1) Notification within 24 to 48 hours as to the acceptability of the data transmitted.

2) Immediate access to the latest changes and updates that affect the Information Reporting Program at IRS/MCC (program, legislative, etc.).

3) Access to publications such as the Publication 1220 as soon as they are available.

4) Capability to communicate with IRS/MCC personnel.

5) Ability to retrieve information and files applicable to the IRP-BBS.

.02 The IRP-BBS is available for public use and accessible using various personal computer communications equipment; however, electronic submission of information returns is limited to holders of valid TCCs. A TCC is not needed to access those portions of the BBS that contain forms and publications or to leave questions or messages for IRS/MCC personnel.

.03 Passwords for IRP-BBS are made up of 8 alpha/numerics and are user-assigned. Precautions should be taken to ensure that the password is not compromised. If compromised, it should be changed immediately by way of the IRP-BBS main menu.

.04 Passwords are case sensitive, therefore, you must be consistent in entering the password.

.05 Filers using IRP-BBS can determine the acceptability of files submitted by checking the file status area of the bulletin board. These reports are not immediately available but will be available within 24 to 48 hours of successful processing of the file.

.06 Contact the IRP-BBS by dialing (304) 263-2749. The setup parameters for IRP-BBS are: 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit and full duplex mode. The communication software should be setup to use the fastest speed allowed by your modem.

.07 Due to the large number of communication products available, it is impossible to provide specific information on a particular software package or hardware configuration. Contact your software or hardware supplier for assistance.

.08 IRP-BBS software provides a menu driven environment allowing access to different parts of IRP-BBS. Whenever possible, IRS/MCC personnel will provide assistance in resolving any communication problems with IRP-BBS.

.09 IRP-BBS can be accessed at speeds from 300 to 14,400 bps. The speed is automatically negotiated for connection at the speed of the calling modem. The communication standards supported include Bell 212A, V.22bis, V.32, and V.32bis. Point-to-point error control is supported using the V.42 CCITT standard or MNP 2-4. Data compression is supported using V.42bis CCITT standard or MNP5. Throughput speeds of 28,800 bps can be achieved with MNP5 and 57,600 bps with V.42bis.

.10 Data compression is encouraged when submitting information returns by way of the IRP-BBS. MCC has the ability to decompress files created using several popular software compression programs. Software data compression can be done alone or in conjunction with V.42bis hardware compression. Transmission time can be reduced by as much as 80% when data compression is used, therefore it is highly recommended.

.11 Files submitted to IRP-BBS must have a unique filename. The BBS will build the filename that must be used. The name will consist of your TCC, submission type (T = Test, P = Production, C = Correction, and R = Replacement) and a sequence number. Record the upload date, time, and filename. This information will be needed by MCC in order to identify the file if assistance is required.

.12 If the original submission was filed magnetically and was returned for replacement, the replacement may be filed electronically. Be sure to indicate at the prompt that this is a replacement for information filed magnetically.

SEC. 7. IRP-BBS FIRST LOGON PROCEDURES

.01 The following information will be requested to set up your user profile when logging onto the IRP-BBS for the first time.

(A) # Chars per line on screen (10-132)? (most computers have 80 character screen display)

(B) Enter the letter, that corresponds to your terminal, from the following:

               < A > IBM PC < B > IBM w/ANSI  < C > Atari

 

               < D > ADM-3  < E > H19/Z19/H89 < F > Televid 925

 

               < G > TRS-80 < H > Vidtex      < I > VT-52

 

               < J > VT-100 < CR > if none of the above

 

 

Most PC's, clones, etc. will select the IBM PC emulation. Machines with color, CGA, EGA, or VGA should select IBM w/ANSI.)

(C) Upper/Lower case, line feed needed, O nulls after each < CR >, do you wish to modify this? (Most users answer no)

(D) Do you wish to have a pause after each display page (Y/N)? (Most users answer yes)

(E) How many lines per display page (10-80)? (Most computers have a 24 line screen display)

SEC. 8. IBM 3780 BISYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS

.01 Transmissions using IBM 3780 bisynchronous protocols must be in EBCDIC character code. Modems must be compatible with either Bell 208B for 4800 bps transmissions, or AT&T 2296A for 9600 bps transmissions. Both modems are dial-up type modems using the Public Switched Telephone Network. IBM 3780 data compression is acceptable for any bisynchronous transmission.

.02 IRS/MCC will accept information returns filed electronically over switched telecommunications network circuits. For 4800 bps, the circuit will be (304) 267-0807. For 9600 bps, the circuit will be (304) 267-9572. Both circuits are equipped for bisynchronous transmission, using the IBM 3780 protocol.

.03 The 4800 bps line terminates at a Bell 208B modem. The Bell 208B modem uses phase-shift keying and 8-phase modulation to transmit binary serial data signals over the telephone line in half-duplex mode. The following options have been selected:

-- Transmit Level set to -4 dBm

-- Compromise Equalizer in (4-dB Slope)

-- DSR off in Analog Loop Mode

-- Automatic Answer

-- Transmitter Internally Timed

-- RS-CS Interval of 50 ms

.04 The 9600 bps line terminates at an AT&T Dataphone II 2296A modem. The AT&T 2296A modem is a full-duplex, CCITT V.32 compatible unit which operates at 9600 bps or 4800 bps (fall-back). The following options have been selected:

-- Receiver Responds to Remote Loopback

-- Loss-of-Carrier Disconnect

-- Received-Space Disconnect

-- Send-Space Disconnect

-- Automatic Answer

-- Answer on Ring 1

-- DTR Interlock

-- Retrain Enable

-- Internal Timing

-- CTS Controlled by RTS

-- 0-1 ms RTS to CTS Delay

-- CTS Dependent on Carrier

-- RR Indicates Carrier

-- 9600 Trellis Coding

-- 4800 bps Fallback

-- 4 dB Compromise Equalization

SEC. 9. BISYNCHRONOUS ELECTRONIC FILING RECORD SPECIFICATIONS

.01 For bisynchronous filing there are two additional identifier records which must be used to transmit data. These records are 420 positions in length and are the first ($$REQUEST) and second ($$ADD) records sent in an electronic transmission. The purpose of these records is to provide the password and identity of the transmitter. The $$REQUEST, $$ADD and the data file should be transmitted as one file. In some cases, filers have attempted to send the $$REQUEST and $$ADD as separate files. Doing this will result in a failed transmission.

.02 With the exception of these additional records, the file format for electronic filing is the same as for magnetic media filing. The format of each of these records is as follows:

                        RECORD NAME: $$REQUEST

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1-20       $$REQUEST          20       Enter the following

 

            Identifier Record           characters:

 

                                        $$REQUEST ID = MSGFILE

 

                                        MSGFILE is the file name that

 

                                        IRS software will attempt to

 

                                        send a message to at the end

 

                                        of the transmission.

 

 

 21-420     Blank              400      Blank

 

 

                ELECTRONIC FILING IDENTIFIER $$REQUEST

 

                        RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

.03 Upon making contact with IRS/MCC and furnishing a valid password in the $$ADD identifier record, a data transmission session will commence. The transmission will continue until an End of Transmission "F" Record is received. At the end of each transmission, the following message should be received electronically by the filer: "DATA RECEIVED AT MCC" and the line will be disconnected. If this message is not received, there was a problem with your submission, and you should contact IRS/MCC immediately.

.04 Upon receiving a data file and transmittal Form 4804, IRS/MCC will release the data for further processing. If the data is found to be unprocessable, the filer will be contacted by either letter or telephone, and notified that the data must be re-transmitted. For re-transmitted files, the filer will be assigned a replacement file name to be used during the retransmission. This file name will be provided by IRS/MCC either by letter or telephone, and is to be placed in positions 45-51 of the $$ADD record when the file is re-transmitted.

                          RECORD NAME: $$ADD

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1-9        $$ADD Identifier   9        Enter the following

 

            Record                      characters: $$ADD ID =

 

 

 10-17      Password           8        Enter the password assigned by

 

                                        IRS/MCC. This password will be

 

                                        provided to you on Form 6086.

 

                                        For more information

 

                                        concerning the password, see

 

                                        Part C, Sec. 2.

 

 

 18         Blank              1        Enter a blank.

 

 

 19-26      BATCHID            8        Enter the following

 

                                        characters: BATCHID =

 

 

 27         Quote              1        Enter a single quote (').

 

 

 28-43      Transmitter Name   16       Enter the transmitter's name.

 

                                        Should remain consistent in

 

                                        all transmissions. If the

 

                                        transmitter's name exceeds 16

 

                                        positions, truncate the name.

 

 

 44         Type of File       1        Enter the Type of File

 

            Indicator                   Indicator from the list below:

 

                                        O = Original filing

 

                                        T = Test File

 

                                        C = Correction file

 

                                        R = Replacement file

 

 

 45-51      Replacement        7        USE THIS FIELD ONLY IF THIS IS

 

            File Name                   A REPLACEMENT FILE. Enter the

 

                                        replacement file name which

 

                                        IRS/MCC has assigned to this

 

                                        file. This file name will be

 

                                        provided to you in the letter

 

                                        notifying you that a

 

                                        replacement file is necessary.

 

                                        If contact is made by

 

                                        telephone, the replacement

 

                                        file name will be given to you

 

                                        by IRS/MCC at that time. For

 

                                        other than replacement files,

 

                                        this field will contain

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 52         Quote              1        Enter a single quote (')

 

 

 53-420     Blanks             368      Enter blanks.

 

 

                  ELECTRONIC FILING IDENTIFIER $$ADD

 

                        RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

PART D. SINGLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

SEC. 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in a single density diskette file and must be strictly adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS.

.02 To be compatible, a single density diskette file must meet the following specifications in total:

(a) 8 inches in diameter.

(b) Recorded in EBCDIC.

(c) Contain 77 tracks of which:

(1) Track 0 is the index track (the operating system reserves track 0 for the directory information and writes the file name and location in the directory; data cannot be written in track 0).

(2) Tracks 1 through 73 are data tracks.

(3) Track 74 is unused.

(4) Tracks 75 and 76 are alternate data tracks.

(d) Each Track must contain 26 sectors.

(e) Each Sector must contain 128 bytes.

(f) Data must be recorded on only one side of the diskette.

(g) IRS can process single sided, single density, soft sectored diskettes as well as double sided, double density, soft sectored diskettes. Part E provides specifications for double density diskettes which have sectors of 256 bytes.

(h) An IBM 5360 compatible diskette would meet the above specifications.

(i) Hard sectored diskettes are not compatible.

(j) A diskette should be clearly marked as to type of data (single sided/single density), and the entire file should consist of all single sided/single density diskettes.

.03 Exchange files are created through the Transfer Output command and Copyfile files are created through the Copy Output command. When possible, use the Transfer Output command rather than the Copy Output command to write data to diskettes. In order to do this, initialize the diskettes using the FORMAT parameter in the INIT procedure.

.04 Form 5064, Media Label, must be affixed to each diskette submitted for processing.

SEC. 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

The following header label format applies to both single and double density diskettes.

The header label on the diskette must be located in track 0, sector 8 and must be formatted as shown in the following layout. If your system automatically creates a header label, this is not necessary. If the file will consist of multiple diskettes, the Multi-Volume indicator (pos. 45) in the diskette header label must contain a "C".

[Pictorial Record Layouts depicting specifications discussed in

 

Part D have been omitted. These illustrations are not suitable

 

for electronic reproduction.]

 

 

SEC. 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD -- GENERAL INFORMATION

.01 The Payer/Transmitter "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the diskette and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

.02 The number of "A" Records depends on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer for one type of return should be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.

.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if you are filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2, and 3, all three amount codes must be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records that do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no amount to be reported.

.04 After the header label on the diskette, the first record in the file must be an "A" Record. When a single density diskette is used, each "A" Record will consist of at least 2 sectors of 128 positions each. If transmitting for someone other than yourself, 4 sectors are required in order to identify both the payer and transmitter.

.05 A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a diskette; however, each GROUP of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record and followed by an End of Payer "C" Record.

.06 A single diskette may also contain different types of returns, but the returns MUST NOT be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each payer and each type of return being reported.

.07 An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records; however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.

.08 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record should be upper-case.

.09 WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT, THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST (THE FILER), REFERRED TO AS THE "PAYER" IN THESE INSTRUCTIONS. THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST (BORROWER/PAYER OF RECORD) AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

               RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 

 NOTE: For all fields marked REQUIRED, you must provide the

 

 information described under Description and Remarks. For

 

 fields not marked REQUIRED, you must allow for the field but may be

 

 instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated

 

 diskette position(s).

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". It is

 

                                        used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up the "A" Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "A."

 

 

 3-4        Payment Year       2        REQUIRED. Enter "92."

 

 

 5-7        Diskette           3        Sequence number assigned by

 

            Sequence Number             the transmitter to each

 

                                        diskette starting with 001.

 

                                        You may choose to enter blanks

 

                                        or zeros in this field. IRS

 

                                        bypasses this information.

 

                                        Indicate the proper sequence

 

                                        on the external label Form

 

                                        5064.

 

 

 8-16       Payer's TIN        9        REQUIRED. Must be the nine

 

                                        digit number assigned to the

 

                                        payer. DO NOT ENTER BLANKS,

 

                                        HYPHENS, OR ALPHA CHARACTERS.

 

                                        All zeroes, ones, twos, etc.

 

                                        will have the effect of an

 

                                        incorrect TIN. For foreign

 

                                        corporations not required to

 

                                        have TIN, this field may be

 

                                        blank; however, the Foreign

 

                                        Corporation Indicator,

 

                                        position 50, Sector 1, of the

 

                                        "A" Record should be set to

 

                                        "1." (See Part A, Sec. 18 for

 

                                        the definition of a Foreign

 

                                        Corporation.)

 

 

 17-20      Payer Name Control 4        The Payer Name Control can be

 

                                        obtained only from the mail

 

                                        label on the Package 1099

 

                                        which is mailed to most payers

 

                                        each December. To distinguish

 

                                        between the Package 1099 and

 

                                        the Magnetic Media Reporting

 

                                        (MMR) package, the Package

 

                                        1099 contains instructions for

 

                                        paper filing only and the mail

 

                                        label on the package contains

 

                                        a four (4) character NAME

 

                                        CONTROL. The MMR package

 

                                        contains instructions for

 

                                        filing magnetically/

 

                                        electronically only and the

 

                                        mail label DOES NOT contain a

 

                                        name control. Names of less

 

                                        than four (4) characters

 

                                        should be left-justified,

 

                                        filling the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. If you have not

 

                                        received a Package 1099 or you

 

                                        do not know your Payer Name

 

                                        Control, this field should be

 

                                        blank filled.

 

 

 21         Last Filing        1        Enter a "1" if this is the

 

            Indicator                   last year you will file:

 

                                        otherwise, enter blank. Use

 

                                        this indicator if, due to a

 

                                        merger, bankruptcy, etc., you

 

                                        will not be filing information

 

                                        returns under this payer name

 

                                        and TIN in the future either

 

                                        magnetically/electronically or

 

                                        on paper.

 

 

 22         Combined Federal/  1        Required for the Combined

 

            State Filer                 Federal/State filing program.

 

                                        Enter "1" if participating in

 

                                        the Combined Federal/State

 

                                        Filing Program; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. Refer to Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 17, for further

 

                                        information. Forms 1098, 1099

 

                                        -A, 1099-B, 1099-S, and W-2G

 

                                        cannot be filed under this

 

                                        program.

 

 

 23         Type of Return     1        REQUIRED. Enter appropriate

 

 

                                        code from table below:

 

 

                                        Type of Return           Code

 

                                        1098                      3

 

                                        1099-A                    4

 

                                        1099-B                    B

 

                                        1099-DIV                  1

 

                                        1099-G                    F

 

                                        1099-INT                  6

 

                                        1099-MISC                 A

 

                                        1099-OID                  D

 

                                        1099-PATR                 7

 

                                        1099-R                    9

 

                                        1099-S                    S

 

                                        5498                      L

 

                                        W-2G                      W

 

 

 24-32      Amount Codes       9        REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate amount code for

 

                                        the type of return being

 

                                        reported. For each amount code

 

                                        entered in this field, a

 

                                        corresponding payment amount

 

                                        should appear in the Payee "B"

 

                                        Record. In most cases, the box

 

                                        numbers on paper information

 

                                        returns correspond with the

 

                                        amount codes used to file

 

                                        magnetically/electronically.

 

                                        However, if discrepancies

 

                                        occur, this revenue procedure

 

                                        governs.

 

 

            EXAMPLE: If Sector 1, position 23 of the "A" Record is "7"

 

            (for 1099-PATR) and positions 24-32 are "247bbbbbb", (b =

 

            blanks), this indicates that you will be reporting 3

 

            actual Payment Amounts in all of the following "B" Records

 

            The first Payment Amount field in the "B" Record will be

 

            all "0" (zeros);

 

            the second will represent Nonpatronage Distributions;

 

            the third will be all "0" (zeros);

 

            the fourth will represent Federal Income Tax Withheld;

 

            the fifth and sixth will be all "0" (zeros);

 

            the seventh will represent Energy Investment Credit; and,

 

            the eighth and ninth will be all "0" (zeros).

 

 

 Enter the Amount Codes in ASCENDING SEQUENCE (i.e., 247bbbbbb, b =

 

 blanks) left-justify, filling unused positions with blanks. For

 

 further clarification of the Amount Codes, contact IRS/MCC.

 

 

 NOTE: For a detailed explanation of the information to be reported in

 

 each Amount Code, refer to the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099,

 

 1098, 5498, and W-2G"

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Mortgage

 

 Codes                                  Interest Received from

 

 Form 1098--                            Payer(s)/Borrower(s) (Payer of

 

 Mortgage                               Record) on Form 1098:

 

 Interest                               Amount

 

                                        Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Mortgage interest

 

                                               received from

 

                                               payer(s)/borrower(s)

 

                                        2      Points paid directly by

 

                                               Payer(s)/borrower(s) on

 

                                               purchase of principal

 

                                               residences.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting the Acquisition

 

 Codes                                  or Abandonment of Secured

 

 Form 1099-A --                         Property on Form 1099-A:

 

 Acquisition or                         Amount

 

 Abandonment of                         Code   Amount Type

 

 Secured Property                       2      Balance of principal

 

                                               outstanding

 

                                        3      Gross foreclosure

 

                                               proceeds

 

                                        4      Appraisal value

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-B:

 

 Form 1099-B --                         Amount

 

 Proceeds from                          Code Amount Type

 

 Broker and Barter                      2    Stocks, bonds, etc. (For

 

 Exchange                                    Forward Contracts see

 

 Transactions                                Note.)

 

                                        3    Bartering (Do not report

 

                                             negative amounts.)

 

                                        4    Federal income tax

 

                                             withheld (Backup

 

                                             Withholding)

 

                                        6    Profit (or loss) realized

 

                                             in 1992

 

                                        7    Unrealized profit (or

 

                                             loss) on open contracts

 

                                             -- 12/31/91

 

                                        8    Unrealized profit (or

 

                                             loss) on open contracts

 

                                             -- 12/31/92

 

                                        9    Aggregate profit (or

 

 

                                             loss)

 

 

 NOTE: The Payment Amount field associated with Amount Code 2 may be

 

 used to represent a loss when the reporting is for Forward Contracts.

 

 Refer to "B" Record -- General Field Descriptions, Payment Amount

 

 Fields, for instructions on reporting negative amounts. Do not report

 

 negative amounts for Amount Codes 3 and 4.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-DIV:

 

 Form 1099-DIV --                       Amount

 

 Dividends and                          Code   Amount Type

 

 Distributions                          1      Gross dividends and

 

                                               other distributions on

 

                                               stock (see Note)

 

                                        2      Ordinary dividends (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        3      Capital gain

 

                                               distributions (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        4      Nontaxable

 

                                               distributions (if

 

                                               determinable) (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        5      Investment expenses

 

                                               (see Note)

 

                                        6      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               Withholding)

 

                                        7      Foreign tax paid

 

                                        8      Cash liquidation

 

                                               distributions

 

                                        9      Noncash liquidation

 

                                               distributions (show

 

                                               fair market value)

 

 

 NOTE: Amount Code 1 MUST be present (unless you are using Amount

 

 Codes 8 and 9 only) and must equal the sum of amounts reported in

 

 Amount Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5. If an amount is present for Amount code

 

 1, there must be an amount present for Amount Codes 2-5 as

 

 applicable.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-G:

 

 Form 1099-G --                         Amount

 

 Certain Government                     Code   Amount Type

 

 Payments                               1      Unemployment

 

                                               compensation

 

                                        2      State or local income

 

                                               tax refunds, credits or

 

                                               offsets

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               Withholding)

 

                                        5      Discharge of

 

                                               indebtedness

 

                                        6      Taxable grants

 

                                        7      Agriculture payments

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-INT:

 

 Form 1099-INT --                       Amount

 

 Interest Income                        Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Interest income, not

 

                                               included in Amount

 

                                               Code 3

 

                                        2      Early withdrawal

 

                                               penalty

 

                                        3      Interest on U.S.

 

                                               Savings Bonds and

 

                                               Treasury obligations

 

                                        4      Federal Income Tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               Withholding)

 

                                        5      Foreign tax paid

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-MISC:

 

 Form 1099-MISC --                      Amount

 

 Miscellaneous                          Code   Amount Type

 

 Income                                 1      Rents

 

                                        2      Royalties (see Note 1)

 

                                        3      Prizes, awards, etc.

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               Withholding)

 

                                        5      Fishing boat proceeds

 

                                        6      Medical and health care

 

                                               payments

 

                                        7      Nonemployee

 

                                               compensation or Crop

 

                                               Insurance Proceeds (see

 

                                               Note 2)

 

                                        8      Substitute payments in

 

                                               lieu of dividends or

 

                                               interest

 

                                        9      Golden Parachute

 

                                               Payments (see Note 3)

 

 

 NOTE 1: Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut" contract;

 

 

 these should be reported on Form 1099-S.

 

 

 NOTE 2: Amount Code "7" is normally used to report Nonemployee

 

 Compensation. However, Amount Code "7" may also be used to report

 

 Crop Insurance Proceeds. See positions 5-6, Sector 1, of the "B"

 

 Record for instructions. If Nonemployee Compensation and Crop

 

 Insurance Proceeds are being paid to the same payee, a separate "B"

 

 Record for each transaction is required.

 

 

 NOTE 3: In the past Amount Code 9 was used to indicate direct sales

 

 of $5000 or more. A one position, Direct Sales Indicator, has been

 

 added to the Payee "B" Record for this purpose (position 13, Sector

 

 1, if using 8" diskettes). Amount Code 9 may only be used to report

 

 Excess Golden Parachute Payments.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-OID:

 

 Form 1099-OID --                       Amount

 

 Original Issue                         Code   Amount Type

 

 Discount                               1      Original issue discount

 

                                               for 1992

 

                                        2      Other periodic interest

 

                                        3      Early withdrawal

 

                                               penalty

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               Withholding)

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-PATR:

 

 Form 1099-PATR --                      Amount

 

 Taxable                                Code    Amount Type

 

 Distributions                          1       Patronage dividends

 

 Received From                          2       Nonpatronage

 

 Cooperatives                                   distributions

 

                                        3       Per-unit retain

 

                                                allocations

 

                                        4       Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld (Backup

 

                                                Withholding)

 

                                        5       Redemption of

 

                                                nonqualified notices

 

                                                and retain allocations

 

                                        6       Investment credit (see

 

                                                Note)

 

                                        7       Energy investment

 

                                                credit (see Note)

 

                                        8       Jobs credit (see Note)

 

 

 NOTE: The amounts shown for Amount Codes 6, 7, and 8 must be reported

 

 to the payee; however, they need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-R:

 

 Form 1099-R                            Amount

 

 Distributions                          Code    Amount Type

 

 From Pensions, Annuities,              1       Gross distribution

 

 Retirement or Profit-                          (see Note 2)

 

 Sharing Plans, IRAs,                   2       Taxable amount (see

 

 Insurance Contracts, etc.                      Note 3)

 

 (See Note 1)                           3       Amount in Amount Code

 

                                                2 eligible for capital

 

                                                gain election

 

                                        4       Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld (see Note 4)

 

                                        5       Employee contributions

 

 

                                                or insurance premiums

 

                                        6       Net unrealized

 

                                                appreciation in

 

                                                employer's securities

 

                                        8       Other

 

                                        9       State income tax

 

                                                withheld (see Note 5)

 

 

 NOTE 1: Additional information may be required in the "B" Record.

 

 Refer to positions 45 thru 49, Sector 1, of the "B" Record.

 

 

 NOTE 2: If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

 distribution, enter a "1" in position 48, Sector 1, of the "B"

 

 Record.

 

 

 NOTE 3: If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative amount.

 

 For example, if stock is distributed but the value is less then the

 

 employee's after-tax contributions, enter the value of the stock in

 

 Amount Code 1, enter zero (0) in Amount Code 2, and enter the

 

 employee's contributions in Amount Code 5.

 

 

      If the taxable amount cannot be determined enter a "1" in

 

 position 49 of the "B" record.

 

 

      If you are reporting an IRA/SEP distribution, generally include

 

 the amount of the distribution in the Taxable Amount, Payment Amount

 

 2, pos. 62-71, and enter a "1" in the IRA/SEP Indicator position 45,

 

 (a "1" may be entered in the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator

 

 position 49) Sector 1 of the "B" Record. See the explanation for Box

 

 2a of Form 1099-R in the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098,

 

 5498, and W-2G" for exceptions to reporting the taxable amount.

 

 

 NOTE 4: See the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G" for further information concerning the definition of federal

 

 income tax withheld for Form 1099-R.

 

 

 NOTE 5: State income tax withheld has been added for the convenience

 

 of the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-S:

 

 Form 1099-S --                         Amount

 

 Proceeds from                          Code   Amount Type

 

 Real Estate                            2      Gross Proceeds (see

 

 Transactions                                  Note)

 

 

 NOTE: Report payments of TIMBER royalties made under a "pay-as-cut"

 

 contract here. If timber royalties are being reported, enter "TIMBER"

 

 in the description field of the "B" Record. For more information, see

 

 Ann. 90-129, 1990-48 I.R.B. 10.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  5498:

 

 Form 5498 --                           Amount

 

 Individual                             Code    Amount Type

 

 Retirement                             1       Regular IRA

 

 Arrangement                                    contributions made in

 

 Information                                    1992 and 1993 for 1992

 

 (See Note)                             2       Rollover IRA

 

                                                contributions

 

                                        3       Life insurance cost

 

                                                included in Amount

 

                                                Code 1

 

                                        4       Fair market value of

 

                                                the account

 

 

NOTE: For information regarding Inherited IRAs, refer to Rev. Proc. 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632. Beneficiary information must be given in the Payee Name Line of the "B" Record.

If reporting IRA contributions for a Desert Shield/Storm participant for other than 1992, enter "DS," the year for which the contribution was made, and the amount of the contribution in the Special Data Entries field of the "B" Record.

For further information concerning Inherited IRAs or Desert Shield/Storm participant reporting, refer to the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G," and Notice 91-17, 1991-1 C.B. 319.

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  W-2G:

 

 Form W-2G --                           Amount

 

 Certain Gambling                       Code   Amount Type

 

 Winnings                               1      Gross winnings

 

                                        2      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld

 

                                        3      State income tax

 

                                               withheld (see Note)

 

                                        7      Winnings from identical

 

                                               wagers

 

 

 NOTE: State income tax withheld has been added for the convenience of

 

 the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 33         Test Indicator     1        REQUIRED. Enter "T" if this is

 

                                        a TEST file; otherwise, enter

 

                                        a blank.

 

 

 34         Service Bureau     1        Enter "1" if you used a

 

            Indicator                   service bureau to develop

 

                                        and/or transmit your files;

 

                                        otherwise enter blank. See

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of a Service

 

                                        Bureau.

 

 

 35-44      Blank              10       Enter blanks.

 

 

 45-49      Transmitter        5        REQUIRED. Enter the five

 

            Control Code                character alpha/numeric

 

            (TCC)                       Transmitter Control Code

 

                                        assigned by IRS. You must have

 

                                        a TCC to file data on this

 

                                        program. DO NOT ENTER MORE

 

                                        THAN ONE TCC PER FILE.

 

 

 50         Foreign            1        Enter a "1" if the payer

 

            Corporation                 is a foreign corporation

 

            Indicator                   and income is paid by the

 

                                        corporation to a U.S. resident

 

                                        (See Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of a Foreign

 

                                        Corporation.) If the payer is

 

                                        not a Foreign Corporation,

 

                                        enter a blank. See Note.

 

 

 NOTE: If you erroneously report entities as foreign, you may be

 

 subject to a penalty for providing incorrect information to IRS.

 

 Therefore, be sure to code only those records as foreign that should

 

 be coded as such.

 

 

 51-90      First Payer        40       REQUIRED. Enter the name of

 

            Name Line                   the payer whose TIN appears in

 

                                        Sector 1, position 8-16, in

 

                                        the manner in which it was

 

                                        used when the TIN was

 

                                        acquired. Any extraneous

 

                                        information must be deleted.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. (Do not enter a

 

                                        Transfer Agent's name in

 

                                        this field. Any Transfer

 

                                        Agent's name should appear in

 

                                        the Second Payer Name field.)

 

 

 NOTE: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A"

 

 Record will reflect the name and EIN of the recipient of the interest

 

 (the filer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the

 

 interest (the payer of record) and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S,

 

 the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the

 

 transaction and the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.

 

 

 91-128     Blank              38       Enter blanks

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "A".

 

 

 3-42       Second Payer Name  40       If the Transfer Agent

 

            Line                        Indicator (Sector 2, pos. 43)

 

                                        contains a "1," this field

 

                                        must contain the name of the

 

                                        transfer agent. If the

 

                                        indicator contains a "0"

 

                                        (zero), this field may contain

 

                                        either a continuation of the

 

                                        First Payer Name Line or

 

                                        blanks. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

 

 43         Transfer Agent     1        REQUIRED. Identifies the

 

            Indicator                   entity in the Second Payer

 

                                        Name Line. (See Part A, Sec.

 

                                        18 for a definition of

 

                                        Transfer Agent.)

 

 

                                        Code      Meaning

 

                                        1         The entity in the

 

                                                  Second Payer Name

 

                                                  field is the

 

                                                  Transfer Agent.

 

                                        0 (zero)  The entity shown is

 

                                                  not the Transfer

 

                                                  Agent (i.e., the

 

                                                  Second Payer Name

 

                                                  field contains

 

                                                  either a

 

                                                  continuation of the

 

                                                  First Payer Name

 

                                                  field or blanks).

 

 

 44-83      Payer Shipping     40       REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            Address                     AGENT INDICATOR in Sector 2,

 

                                        position 43 is a "1," enter

 

                                        the shipping address of the

 

                                        Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the ACTUAL shipping

 

                                        address of the payer. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 

 84-123     Payer City,        40       REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            State, and ZIP              AGENT INDICATOR in Sector 2,

 

            Code                        position 43 of this Record is

 

                                        a "1," enter the city, town,

 

                                        or post office, state and ZIP

 

                                        Code of the Transfer Agent.

 

                                        Otherwise, enter the ACTUAL

 

                                        city, town, or post office,

 

                                        state and ZIP Code of the

 

                                        payer. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        with blanks.

 

 

 124-128    Blank              5        Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3   Sectors 3 and 4 are only required if the payer and

 

            transmitter are not the same.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "A".

 

 

 3-82       Transmitter Name   80       REQUIRED if payer and

 

                                        transmitter are not the same.

 

                                        Enter the name of the

 

                                        transmitter in the manner in

 

                                        which it is used in normal

 

                                        business. The name of the

 

                                        transmitter must be reported

 

                                        in the same manner throughout

 

                                        the entire file. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same this field may be blank.

 

 

 83-122     Transmitter        40       REQUIRED if payer and

 

            Mailing Address             transmitter are not the same.

 

                                        Enter the mailing address of

 

                                        transmitter. Street address

 

                                        should include number, street,

 

                                        apartment or suite number (or

 

                                        P.O. Box if mail is not

 

                                        delivered to street address).

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. If the payer and

 

                                        transmitter are the same this

 

                                        field may be blank.

 

 

 123-128    Blank              6        Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 4   Sectors 3 and 4 are only required if the payer and

 

            transmitter are not the same.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "A".

 

 

 3-42       Transmitter City,  40       REQUIRED if the payer and

 

            State and ZIP               transmitter are not the same.

 

            Code                        Enter the city, town, or post

 

                                        office, state and ZIP Code of

 

                                        the transmitter. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same this field may be blank.

 

 

 43-128     Blank              86       Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

.01 This section contains the general information concerning the Payee "B" Record for all information returns filed on single sided/single density soft-sectored diskettes. For a detailed description of the record refer to the following in Part D.

(a) Sec. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

(b) Sec. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

(c) Sec. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A.

(d) Sec. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B.

(e) Sec. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID.

(f) Sec. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S.

(g) Sec. 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G.

All "B" Records must consist of at least 3 sectors of 128 positions each. If you are not a Combined Federal/State filer or utilizing the Special Data Entries field. Sector 4 can be eliminated for Forms 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498.

The "B" Record will always consist of 4 Sectors for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, and W-2G.

In the "A" Record, the Amount Codes that appear in diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 will be left-justified and blank filled. In the "B" Record, allow for all nine payment amount fields. For those fields not used, enter zeros. For example, if you are reporting on Form 1099-PATR, enter a "7" in diskette position 23 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record, Type of Return field. If you are reporting payments for Amount Codes 2, 4, and 7, then diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record will be "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks). In the "B" Record:

- Positions 52 through 61 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 1 will be zeros.

- Positions 62-71 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Nonpatronage distributions."

- Positions 72-81 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 3 will be zeros.

- Positions 82-91 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Federal income tax withheld."

- Positions 92-111 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 5 and 6 will be zeros.

- Positions 112-121 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Energy investment credit."

- Positions 3-22 of Sector 2 for Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be zeros.

.02 The record layout for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 is the same for all "B" records. Sector 4, however, will be different for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G. Refer to Part D, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, respectively for the layout of Sector 4 of these records.

.03 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname are to be entered by the payers.

.04 If payers are unable to determine the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank; however, compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control.

(a) The surname of the payee whose SSN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If you enter the first name first, you must leave a blank space between the first and last names.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees in the record may be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.

.05 See Part A, Sec. 15 for further information concerning Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs).

.06 A field is also provided in these specifications for Special Data Entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments or for the filer's own personal use. IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries field; therefore, the IRS program does not check the content or format of the data entered in this field. It is the filer's choice whether or not this field is used. If this field is coded, it will not affect the processing of the "B" Records.

.07 Those filers participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program must adhere to specifications in Part A, Sec. 17, in order to participate in this program. FORMS 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-S AND W-2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

.08 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be upper-case.

.09 Do NOT use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents. Ten dollars must appear as 0000001000 in the payment amount field.

.10 IRS STRONGLY ENCOURAGES FILERS TO REVIEW THEIR DATA FOR ACCURACY BEFORE SUBMISSION TO PREVENT ISSUANCE OF ERRONEOUS NOTICES TO PERSONS FOR WHOM REPORTS ARE FILED. FILERS SHOULD BE ESPECIALLY CAREFUL THAT THE NAMES, TINS, ACCOUNT NUMBERS, TYPES OF INCOME, AND INCOME AMOUNTS ARE CORRECT.

.11 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest (the filer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (Borrower/Payer of Record) and the amount paid. For Forms 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction and the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.

SEC. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

For Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, and W-2G, see Part D, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12, respectively for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 4 of these records.

NOTE: For all fields marked REQUIRED, you must provide the information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields not marked REQUIRED, you must allow for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated position(s) and for the indicated length.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". It is

 

                                        used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-4        Payment Year       2        REQUIRED. Enter "92."

 

 

 5-6        Document Specific/ 2        REQUIRED for Forms 1099-G,

 

            Distribution Code           1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G.

 

                                        FOR ALL OTHER FORMS OR IF NOT

 

                                        USED, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

            Tax Year of Refund          For Form 1099-G, use only for

 

            (Form 1099-G only)          reporting the tax year for

 

                                        which the refund, credit, or

 

                                        offset was issued. Enter in

 

                                        position 5; position 6 must be

 

                                        blank.

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset is not attributable to

 

                                        income tax from a trade or

 

                                        business, enter the NUMERIC

 

                                        year from the table below for

 

                                        which the refund, credit, or

 

                                        offset was issued (e.g., for

 

                                        1991, enter 1).

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit, or

 

                                        offset is exclusively

 

                                        attributable to income from a

 

                                        trade or business, and is not

 

                                        of general application, enter

 

                                        the ALPHA equivalent of the

 

                                        year from the table below

 

                                        (e.g., for 1991, enter A).

 

 

                                                            Year for

 

                                                          Which TRADE/

 

                                        Year for Which      BUSINESS

 

                                           GENERAL         Refund Was

 

                                           Refund        Issued (Alpha

 

                                         was Issued       Equivalent)

 

                                             1                 A

 

                                             2                 B

 

                                             3                 C

 

                                             4                 D

 

                                             5                 E

 

                                             6                 F

 

                                             7                 G

 

                                             8                 H

 

                                             9                 I

 

                                             0                 J

 

 

            Crop Insurance Proceeds     For Form 1099-MISC, enter a

 

            (Form 1099-MISC only)       "1" in position 5 if the

 

                                        payment reported for Amount

 

                                        Code 7 is Crop Insurance

 

                                        Proceeds. Position 6 must be

 

                                        blank.

 

 

            Distribution Code           For Form 1099-R, enter the

 

            (Form 1099-R only)          appropriate Distribution

 

 (For a detailed explanation of         Code(s). More than one code

 

 distribution codes, see the 1992       may apply for Form 1099-R;

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098,    however, if only one code

 

 5498, and W-2G.")                      is required, it must be

 

                                        entered in positions 5 and 6

 

 

                                        must be blank. Enter at least

 

                                        one (1) Distribution Code.

 

                                        BLANKS in BOTH positions 5 and

 

                                        6 are NOT acceptable.

 

 

                                        Enter the applicable code from

 

                                        the table that follows.

 

                                        Position 5 must contain a

 

                                        numeric code in all cases

 

                                        except when using P or D.

 

                                        Distribution Code A, B, or C

 

                                        when applicable must be

 

                                        entered in position 6 with the

 

                                        applicable numeric in position

 

                                        5.

 

 

                                        When using Code P for an IRA

 

                                        distribution under section

 

                                        408(d)(4) of the Internal

 

                                        Revenue Code, you may also

 

                                        enter Code 1, if it applies.

 

 

                                        Only two numeric combinations

 

                                        are acceptable, codes 8 and 1,

 

                                        and codes 8 and 2, on one

 

                                        return. These two combinations

 

                                        can only be used if both codes

 

                                        apply to the distribution

 

                                        being reported. If more than

 

                                        one numeric code is applicable

 

                                        to different parts of a

 

                                        distribution, report two

 

                                        separate "B" records.

 

 

                                        Category               Code

 

 

                                        Early (premature)       1 /*/

 

                                          distribution, no

 

                                          known exception

 

                                        Early (premature)       2 /*/

 

                                          distribution,

 

                                          exception applies

 

                                          (as defined in

 

                                          section 72(q), (t),

 

                                          or (v) of the

 

                                          Internal Revenue

 

                                          Code) other than

 

                                          disability or

 

                                          death

 

                                        Disability              3 /*/

 

                                        Death (includes         4 /*/

 

                                          payments to a

 

                                          beneficiary)

 

                                        Prohibited transaction  5 /*/

 

                                        Section 1035 Exchange   6

 

                                        Normal distribution     7 /*/

 

                                        Excess contributions    8 /*/

 

                                          plus earnings/excess

 

                                          deferrals

 

                                          (and/or earnings)

 

                                          taxable in 1992

 

                                        PS 58 Costs             9

 

                                        Excess contributions    P /*/

 

                                          plus earnings/excess

 

                                          deferrals

 

                                          taxable in 1991

 

                                        Qualifies for 5-10-     A

 

                                          year averaging

 

                                        Qualifies for death     B

 

                                          benefit exclusion

 

                                        Qualifies for           C

 

                                          both A and B

 

                                        Excess Contributions    D /*/

 

                                          plus earnings/excess

 

                                          deferrals taxable

 

                                          in 1990

 

 

/*/ If you are reporting an Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) or Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) distribution for Code 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, P or D you must code a "1" in position 45 of the "B" Record.

NOTE: For detailed explanations of the distribution codes, see the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G."

            Type of Wager               For Form W-2G, enter the

 

            (Form W-2G Only)            applicable code in position 5.

 

                                        Position 6 will be blank.

 

 

                                        Category                 Code

 

                                        Horse Race Track (or      1

 

                                          Off-Track Betting of

 

                                          a Horse Track nature)

 

                                        Dog Race Track (or        2

 

                                          Off-Track Betting

 

                                          of a Dog Track nature)

 

                                        Jai-alai                  3

 

                                        State Conducted Lottery   4

 

                                        Keno                      5

 

                                        Casino Type Bingo. DO     6

 

                                          NOT use this code

 

                                          for any other type

 

                                          of bingo winnings

 

                                          (e.g., church or

 

                                          fire dept.)

 

                                        Slot Machines             7

 

                                        Any other type of         8

 

                                          gambling winnings.

 

                                          (This includes

 

                                          Church Bingo, Fire

 

                                          Dept. Bingo, or

 

                                          unlabeled winnings.)

 

 

 7          2nd TIN Notice     1        For Forms 1099-B, 1099-DIV,

 

                                        1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID,

 

                                        and 1099-PATR only.

 

 

                                        Enter "2" to indicate you were

 

                                        notified by IRS twice within 3

 

                                        calendar years that the payee

 

                                        provided an incorrect name

 

                                        and/or TIN combination;

 

                                        otherwise, enter a blank.

 

 

 8          Corrected Return   1        Indicate a corrected return.

 

            Indicator                   Code  Definition

 

 

                                        G     If this is a one

 

                                              transaction correction

 

                                              or the first of a two

 

                                              transaction correction.

 

 

                                        C     If this is the second

 

                                              transaction of a two

 

                                              transaction correction.

 

 

                                        Blank If this is not a return

 

                                              being submitted to

 

                                              correct information

 

                                              already processed by

 

                                              IRS.

 

 

NOTE: Refer to Part A, Sec. 14 for specific instructions on how to file corrected returns.

 9-12       Name Control       4        If determinable, enter the

 

                                        first four (4) characters of

 

                                        the surname of the person

 

                                        whose TIN is being reported in

 

                                        positions 16-24 of the "B"

 

                                        Record; otherwise, enter

 

                                        blanks. This is usually the

 

                                        payee. IF THE NAME THAT

 

                                        CORRESPONDS TO THE TIN IS NOT

 

                                        INCLUDED IN THE FIRST OR

 

                                        SECOND PAYEE NAME LINE AND THE

 

                                        CORRECT NAME CONTROL IS NOT

 

                                        PROVIDED, A BACKUP WITHHOLDING

 

                                        NOTICE MAY BE GENERATED FOR

 

                                        THE RECORD. Surnames of less

 

                                        than four (4) characters

 

                                        should be left-justified,

 

                                        filling the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. Special

 

                                        characters  and imbedded

 

                                        blanks should be removed. In

 

                                        the case of a business, other

 

                                        than a sole proprietorship,

 

                                        use the first four significant

 

                                        characters of the business

 

                                        name. Disregard the word "the"

 

                                        when it is the first word of

 

                                        the name. UNLESS there are

 

                                        only two words in the name. A

 

                                        dash (-) and ampersand (&) are

 

                                        the only acceptable special

 

                                        characters. Surname prefixes

 

                                        are considered part of the

 

                                        surname, e.g., for Van Elm,

 

                                        the name control would be

 

                                        VANE.

 

 

NOTE: Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters are allowed (e.g., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, or dash), this information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing AFTER data has been successfully processed.

The following examples may be helpful to you in developing the name control:

                         NAME                            NAME CONTROL

 

 

 Individuals:

 

 

                         Jane Brown                      BROW

 

                         John A. Lee                     LEE /*/

 

                         James P. En, Sr.                EN /*/

 

                         John O'Neill                    ONEI

 

                         Mary Van Buren                  VANB

 

                         Juan De Jesus                   DEJE

 

                         Gloria A. El-Roy                EL-R

 

                         Mr. John Smith                  SMIT

 

                         Joe McCarthy                    MCCA

 

                         Pedro Torres-Lopes              TORR

 

                         Maria Lopez Moreno /**/         LOPE

 

                         Binh To La                      LA /*/

 

                         Nhat Thi Pham                   PHAM

 

                         Mark D'Allesandro               DALL

 

 

 Corporations:

 

 

                         The First National Bank         FIRS

 

                         The Hideaway                    THEH

 

                         A & B Cafe                      A&BC

 

                         11TH Street Inc.                11TH

 

 

 Sole Proprietor:

 

 

                         Mark Hemlock DBA                HEML

 

                           c/o The Sunshine Club

 

 

 Partnership:

 

 

                         Robert Aspen and Bess Willow    ASPE

 

                         Harold Fir, Bruce Elm, and      FIR /*/

 

                           Joyce Spruce et al Ptr

 

 

 Estate:

 

 

                         Frank White Estate              WHIT

 

                         Sheila Blue Estate              BLUE

 

 

 Trusts and Fiduciaries:

 

 

                         Daisy Corporation Employee      DAIS

 

                           Benefit Trust

 

                         Trust FBO The Cherryblossom     CHER

 

                           Society

 

 

 Exempt Organization:

 

 

                         Laborer's Union, AFL-CIO        LABO

 

                         St. Bernard's Methodist         STBE

 

                           Church Bldg. Fund

 

 

/*/ Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters must be left-justified and blank filled.

/**/ For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an individual, derive the name control from the first last name.

 13         Direct Sales       1        1099-MISC only. Enter a "1" to

 

            Indicator                   indicate sales of $5,000 or

 

                                        more of consumer products to a

 

                                        person on a buy-sell, deposit-

 

                                        commission, or any other

 

                                        commission basis for resale

 

                                        anywhere other than in a

 

                                        permanent retail

 

                                        establishment. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter a blank.

 

 

 14         Blank              2        Enter blanks.

 

 

 15         Type of TIN        1        This field is used to identify

 

                                        the Taxpayer Identification

 

                                        Number (TIN) in positions 16-

 

                                        24 as either an Employer

 

                                        Identification Number or a

 

                                        Social Security Number. Enter

 

                                        the appropriate code from the

 

                                        following table:

 

                                        Type of      Type of

 

                                          TIN   TIN  Account

 

                                           1    EIN  A business,

 

                                                       organization,

 

                                                       or other

 

                                                       entity

 

 

                                           2    SSN  An individual

 

 

                                         blank  N/A  If the type of

 

                                                       TIN is

 

                                                       undeterminable,

 

                                                       enter a blank.

 

 

 16-24      Taxpayer           9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid nine

 

            Identification              digit Taxpayer Identification

 

            Number                      Number of the payee (SSN or

 

                                        EIN). If an identification

 

                                        number has been applied for

 

                                        but not received, enter

 

                                        blanks. DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS

 

                                        or ALPHA CHARACTERS. All

 

                                        zeroes, ones, twos, etc. will

 

                                        have the effect of an

 

                                        incorrect TIN.

 

 

 25-44      Payer's Account    20       Enter any number assigned by

 

            Number for Payee            the payer to the payee (e.g.,

 

                                        checking or savings account

 

                                        number). You are encouraged to

 

                                        use this field. THIS NUMBER

 

                                        HELPS TO DISTINGUISH

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYEE RECORDS AND

 

                                        SHOULD BE UNIQUE FOR EACH

 

                                        ACCOUNT. DO NOT USE THE

 

                                        PAYEE'S TIN SINCE THIS WILL

 

                                        NOT MAKE EACH RECORD UNIQUE.

 

                                        This information is

 

                                        particularly useful when

 

                                        corrections are filed. This

 

                                        number will be provided with

 

                                        your Backup Withholding

 

                                        Notification from the IRS and

 

                                        may be helpful in identifying

 

                                        the branch or subsidiary

 

                                        reporting the transaction. Do

 

                                        not define data in this field

 

                                        in packed decimal format. If

 

                                        fewer than twenty characters

 

                                        are used, you may either left-

 

                                        or right-justify, filling

 

                                        the remaining positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 45         IRA/SEP Indicator  1        FORM 1099-R ONLY. Enter "1" if

 

            (See Note)                  reporting a distribution from

 

                                        an IRA or SEP; otherwise,

 

                                        enter a blank.

 

 

NOTE: Generally, report the total amount distributed from an IRA or SEP in Amount Field 2 (Taxable Amount), as well as Amount Field 1 (Gross Distribution) of the "B" Record. You may indicate the taxable amount was not determined by using the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator (position 49) of the "B" Record.

 46-47      Percentage of      2        FORM 1099-R only. Use this

 

            Total Distribution          field when reporting a total

 

                                        distribution to more than one

 

                                        person, such as when a

 

                                        participant dies and you

 

                                        distribute to two or more

 

                                        beneficiaries. If the

 

                                        percentage is 100, leave this

 

                                        field blank. If the percentage

 

                                        is a fraction, round off to

 

                                        the nearest whole number (for

 

                                        example, 10.4% will be 10%;

 

                                        10.5% or more will be 11%).

 

                                        Enter the percentage received

 

                                        by the person whose TIN in

 

                                        included in positions 16-24 of

 

                                        the "B" Record. This field

 

                                        must be right-justified, and

 

                                        unused positions must be zero

 

                                        filled. If not applicable,

 

                                        enter blanks. You need not

 

                                        enter this information for IRA

 

                                        or SEP distributions.

 

 

 48         Total Distribution 1        FORM 1099-R ONLY. Enter a "1"

 

            Indicator                   only if the payment shown for

 

                                        Amount Code 1 is a total

 

                                        distribution; otherwise,

 

                                        enter a blank.

 

 

NOTE: A total distribution is one or more distributions within one tax year in which the entire balance of the account is distributed. Any distribution that does not meet this definition is not a total distribution.

 49         Taxable Amount     1        FORM 1099-R ONLY. Enter a "1"

 

            Not Determined              only if you cannot compute the

 

            Indicator                   taxable amount of the payment

 

                                        entered in Payment Amount

 

                                        Field 1 (Gross Distribution)

 

                                        of the "B" Record. If the

 

                                        indicator is used, enter 0

 

                                        (zeros) in Payment Amount

 

                                        Field 2 of the "B" Record.

 

                                        Please make every effort to

 

                                        compute the taxable amount.

 

 

                                        Enter a blank, if you are

 

                                        reporting the taxable amount

 

                                        or you are not reporting Form

 

                                        1099-R.

 

 

 50-51      Blank              2        Enter blanks.

 

 

            Payment Amount              REQUIRED. You must allow for

 

            Fields (Must be             all payment amounts. For those

 

            numeric)                    not used, you must enter

 

                                        zeros. For example: If

 

                                        position 23 of the "A" Record

 

                                        is "7" (for 1099-PATR) and

 

                                        positions 24-32 are

 

                                        "247bbbbbb", (b = blank), this

 

                                        indicates that you will be

 

                                        reporting three actual payment

 

                                        amounts in the following "B"

 

                                        Records. Payment Amount 1 will

 

                                        be all "0" (zeros), Payment

 

                                        Amount 2 will represent

 

                                        Nonpatronage Distributions,

 

                                        Payment Amount 3 will be all

 

                                        "0" (zeros), Payment Amount 4

 

                                        will represent Federal income

 

                                        tax withheld, Payment Amounts

 

                                        5 and 6 will be all "0"

 

                                        (zeros), Payment Amount 7 will

 

                                        represent Energy Investment

 

                                        Credit, and, Payment Amounts 8

 

                                        and 9 will be all "0" (zeros).

 

                                        Each payment field must

 

                                        contain 10 numeric characters

 

                                        (see Note). Each payment

 

                                        amount must be entered in U.S.

 

                                        dollars and cents. The

 

                                        rightmost two positions

 

                                        represent cents in the Payment

 

                                        Amount Fields. Do not enter

 

                                        dollar signs, commas, decimal

 

                                        points, or NEGATIVE PAYMENTS,

 

                                        except those items that

 

                                        reflect a loss on Form 1099-B.

 

 

                                        Positive and negative amounts

 

                                        are indicated by placing a "+"

 

                                        or "-" (minus sign) in the

 

                                        leftmost position of the

 

                                        payment amount field. A

 

                                        negative overpunch in the

 

                                        units position may be used,

 

                                        instead of a minus sign, to

 

                                        indicate a negative amount. If

 

                                        a plus sign, minus sign, or

 

                                        negative overpunch is not

 

                                        used, the number is assumed to

 

                                        be positive. PAYMENT AMOUNTS

 

                                        MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED AND

 

                                        UNUSED POSITIONS MUST BE ZERO

 

                                        FILLED. FEDERAL INCOME TAX

 

                                        WITHHELD CANNOT BE REPORTED AS

 

                                        A NEGATIVE AMOUNT ON ANY FORM.

 

 

                                        NOTE: If you are reporting a

 

                                        money amount in excess of

 

                                        9999999999 (dollars and

 

                                        cents), it must be reported as

 

                                        follows:

 

 

                                        (1) The first "B" Record MUST

 

                                        contain 9999999999.

 

 

                                        (2) The second "B" Record will

 

                                        contain the remaining money

 

                                        amounts.

 

 

                                        DO NOT SPLIT THIS FIGURE IN

 

                                        HALF.

 

 

 52-61      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 1 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 1 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 2 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 2 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 3 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 3 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 82-91      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 4 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 4 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 92-101     Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 5 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 5 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 102-111    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 6 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 6 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 112-121    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 7 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 7 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 122-128    Blank              7        Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". It is

 

                                        used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 3-12       Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 8 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 8 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 13-22      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 9 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 9 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

/*/ If there are discrepancies between these Payment Amount Codes and the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in this revenue procedure govern.

 23-42      Blank              20       Enter blanks.

 

 

 43         Foreign Country    1        If the address of the payee is

 

            Indicator                   in a foreign country, enter a

 

                                        "1" in this field; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. When using this

 

                                        indicator, you may use a free

 

                                        format for the Payee Address,

 

                                        City, State and ZIP Code.

 

                                        Address information must not

 

                                        appear in the First or Second

 

                                        Payee Name Lines.

 

 

 44-83      First Payee        40       REQUIRED. Enter the name of

 

            Name Line                   the payee (preferably surname

 

                                        first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN)

 

                                        appears in Sector 1, positions

 

                                        16-24 of the "B" Record. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. If more

 

                                        space is required for the

 

                                        name, utilize the Second Payee

 

                                        Name Line field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose TIN has

 

                                        been provided should be

 

                                        entered in this field. The

 

                                        names of the other payees may

 

                                        be entered in the Second Payee

 

                                        Name Line field. If reporting

 

                                        information for a sole

 

                                        proprietor, enter the

 

                                        individual's name. The

 

                                        business name is optional in

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line.

 

 

NOTE: WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT, THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST (THE FILER). THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST (THE BORROWER/PAYER OF RECORD) AND THE AMOUNT PAID. FOR FORMS 1099-S, THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE SELLER/TRANSFEROR INFORMATION.

For Form 5498 Inherited IRAs, enter the beneficiary's name followed by the word "beneficiary." For example, "Brian Young as beneficiary of Joan Smith" or something similar that signifies that the IRA was once owned by Joan Smith. You may abbreviate the word "beneficiary" as, for example, "benef." Refer to the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." The beneficiary's TIN should be reported in Sector 1, position 16-24 of the "B" Record.

 84-123     Second Payee       40       If there are multiple payees,

 

            Name Line                   (e.g., partners, joint owners,

 

                                        or spouses) use this field for

 

                                        those names not associated

 

                                        with the TIN provided in

 

                                        Sector 1, positions 16-24 of

 

                                        the "B" Record or if not

 

                                        enough space was provided in

 

                                        the First Payee Name Line

 

                                        continue the name in this

 

                                        field. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field. It

 

                                        is important that you provide

 

                                        as much payee information to

 

                                        IRS as possible to identify

 

                                        the owner of the TIN. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 124-128    Blank              5        Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

For U.S. addresses, the Payee City, Payee State, and Payee ZIP Code must be reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively. For foreign addresses, the Payee City, Payee State, and Payee ZIP Code may be reported as a continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the following order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name of the country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator in Sector 2, position 43 must contain a "1."

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. Enter

 

                                        APO or FPO if applicable. Do

 

                                        not enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                        information in this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviations for states or

 

                                        the appropriate postal

 

                                        identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                        described in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code     9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid nine

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first five digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For foreign countries,

 

                                        alpha characters are

 

                                        acceptable as long as you have

 

                                        entered a "1" in the Foreign

 

                                        Country Indicator field which

 

                                        is located in position 43 of

 

                                        Sector 2 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-128     Blank              46       Enter blanks.

 

 

SECTOR 4

THE FOLLOWING FIELD DESCRIPTIONS DESCRIBE THE RECORD POSITIONS FOR SECTOR 4 OF THE "B" RECORD FOR FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, AND 5498. IF YOU ARE NOT A COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILER, OR IF YOU ARE NOT UTILIZING THE SPECIAL DATA ENTRIES FIELD, SECTOR 4 CAN BE ELIMINATED FOR ALL "B" RECORDS EXCEPT FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G. SEE PART D, SECS. 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 FOR THE FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 3-69       Special Data       67       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 70-71      Combined Federal/  2        If this payee record is to be

 

            State Code                  forwarded to a state agency as

 

                                        part of the Combined Federal/

 

                                        State Filing Program, enter

 

                                        the valid state code from Part

 

                                        A, Sec. 17, Table 1. For those

 

                                        filers or states NOT

 

                                        participating in this program,

 

                                        ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 72-128     Blank              57       Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 4 of Form 1099-A.

.02 See Part D, Sec. 6 for field descriptions of Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-A.

.03 FORM 1099-A CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

                RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                     FORM 1099-A -- SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 3-23       Special Data       21       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 24-29      Date of Lender's   6        REQUIRED FOR FORMS 1099-A

 

            Acquisition or              ONLY. Enter the date of the

 

            Knowledge of                acquisition of the secured

 

            Abandonment                 property or the date you first

 

                                        knew or had reason to know

 

                                        that the property was

 

                                        abandoned in the format MMDDYY

 

                                        (e.g., 102392). DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

 30         Liability          1        1099-A ONLY Enter the

 

            Indicator                   appropriate indicator from the

 

                                        table below:

 

 

                                        Indicator  Usage

 

 

                                        1          Borrower is

 

                                                   personally liable

 

                                                   for repayment of

 

                                                   the debt.

 

                                        Blank      Borrower is not

 

                                                   liable for

 

                                                   repayment of the

 

                                                   debt.

 

 

 31-69      Description of     39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            Property                    Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the property. For example, for

 

                                        real property, enter the

 

                                        address, or if the address

 

                                        does not sufficiently identify

 

                                        the property, enter the

 

                                        section, lot, and block. For

 

                                        personal property, enter the

 

                                        type, make and model (e.g.,

 

                                        Car-1991 Buick Regal or Office

 

                                        Equipment). Enter "CCC" for

 

                                        crops forfeited on Commodity

 

                                        Credit Corporation loans. If

 

                                        fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 70-128     Blank              59       Enter blanks.

 

 

                 PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT FOR

 

                        SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form 1099-B.

.02 See Part D, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2, and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-B.

.03 FORM 1099-B CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

               RECORD NAME PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued

 

                     FORM 1099-B -- SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 3-12       Special Data       10       This field may be used to

 

            Entries                     record information for state

 

                                        or local government reporting

 

                                        or for the filer's own

 

                                        purposes. Payers should

 

                                        contact their state or local

 

                                        revenue departments for their

 

                                        filing requirements. If this

 

                                        field is not used, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 13         Gross Proceeds     1        FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter the

 

            Reported to IRS             appropriate indicator from the

 

                                        following table, otherwise,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

                                        Indicator  Usage

 

                                        1          Gross Proceeds

 

                                        2          Gross Proceeds less

 

                                                   commission and

 

                                                   option premiums.

 

 

 14-19      Date of Sale       6        FORM 1099-B ONLY. For broker

 

                                        transactions, enter the trade

 

                                        date of the transaction in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102392).

 

                                        For barter exchanges, enter

 

                                        the date, cash, property, a

 

                                        credit, or scrip is actually

 

                                        or constructively received.

 

                                        Enter blanks if this is an

 

                                        aggregate transaction. DO NOT

 

                                        ENTER HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

 20-32      CUSIP Number       13       FORM 1099-B ONLY. For broker

 

                                        transactions only, enter the

 

                                        CUSIP (Committee on Uniform

 

                                        Security Identification

 

                                        Procedures) number of the item

 

                                        reported for Amount Code "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not

 

                                        available. Left-justify and

 

                                        blank fill unused positions.

 

 

 33-71      Description        39       FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter a

 

                                        brief description of the item

 

                                        or services for which the

 

                                        proceeds or bartering are

 

                                        being reported. If fewer than

 

                                        39 characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For

 

                                        broker transactions, enter a

 

                                        brief description of the

 

                                        deposition item, (e.g., 100

 

                                        shares of XYZ Corp.). For

 

                                        regulated futures and forward

 

                                        contracts, enter "RFC" or

 

                                        other appropriate description

 

                                        and any amount subject to

 

                                        backup withholding. For

 

                                        bartering transactions show

 

                                        the services or property

 

                                        provided.

 

 

 NOTE: The amount withheld in these situations is to be included in

 

 Amount Code 4.

 

 

 72-128     Blank              57       Enter blanks.

 

 

     PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 4 of Form 1099-OID.

.02 See Part D, Sec. 6 for field descriptions of Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the Payee "B" Record for Form 1099-OID.

     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD FORM 1099-OID -- SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 3-30       Special Data       28       This field may be used to

 

            Entries                     record information for state

 

                                        or local government reporting

 

                                        or for the filer's own

 

                                        purposes. Payers should

 

                                        contact their state or local

 

                                        revenue departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 31-69      Description        39       REQUIRED FORM 1099-OID ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the CUSIP Number, if

 

                                        any; if there is no CUSIP

 

                                        number, enter the abbreviation

 

                                        for the stock exchange and

 

                                        issuer, the coupon rate and

 

                                        year of maturity (e.g., NYSE

 

                                        XYZ 12 1/2 95). Show the name

 

                                        of the issuer if other than

 

                                        the payer. If fewer than 39

 

                                        characters are required, left

 

                                        -justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 70-71      Combined Federal/  2        If a payee record is to be

 

            State Code                  forwarded to a state agency as

 

                                        part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those filers or states NOT

 

                                        participating in this program,

 

                                        ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 72-128     Blank              57       Enter blanks.

 

 

    PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form 1099-S.

.02 See Part D, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-S.

.03 FORM 1099-S CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD FORM 1099-S -- SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 3-25       Special Data       23       This field may be used to

 

            Entries                     record information for state

 

                                        or local government reporting

 

                                        or for the filer's own

 

                                        purposes. Payers should

 

                                        contact their state or local

 

                                        revenue departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized. ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 26-31      Date of Closing    6        REQUIRED FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the closing date in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102392).

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                                        SLASHES.

 

 

 32-70      Address or Legal   39       REQUIRED FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            Description                 Enter the address of the

 

                                        property transferred

 

                                        (including city, state, and

 

                                        ZIP Code). If the address does

 

                                        not sufficiently identify the

 

                                        property, also enter a legal

 

                                        description, such as section,

 

                                        lot, and block. If you are

 

                                        entering an address, include

 

                                        the state and ZIP code where

 

                                        the property is located. For

 

                                        timber royalties, enter

 

                                        "Timber." If fewer than 39

 

                                        positions are required, left

 

                                        -justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 71         Property or        1        REQUIRED FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            Services Received           Enter "1" if the transferor

 

            or To Be Received           received or will receive

 

                                        property (other than cash and

 

                                        consideration treated as cash

 

                                        in computing gross proceeds)

 

                                        or services as part of the

 

                                        for the property transferred.

 

                                        If the transferor may receive

 

                                        property (other than cash) or

 

                                        services to satisfy a debt

 

                                        having a stated principal

 

                                        amount, you must also enter 1;

 

                                        otherwise, enter a blank.

 

 

 72-128     Blank              57       Enter blanks.

 

 

     PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G.

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form W-2G.

.02 See Part D, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form W-2G.

.03 FORM W-2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

        RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD FORM W-2G -- SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 3-8        Date Won           6        REQUIRED FORM W-2G ONLY. Enter

 

                                        the date of the winning event

 

                                        in the format MMDDYY (e.g.,

 

                                        102392). This is not the date

 

                                        the money was paid, if paid

 

                                        after the date of the race (or

 

                                        game). DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                                        SLASHES.

 

 

 9-23       Transaction        15       REQUIRED FORM W-2G ONLY. For

 

                                        state conducted lotteries,

 

                                        enter the ticket or other

 

                                        identifying number. For keno,

 

                                        bingo, and slot machines,

 

                                        enter the ticket or card

 

                                        number (and color, if

 

                                        applicable), machine serial

 

                                        number, or any other

 

                                        information that will help

 

                                        identify the winning

 

                                        transaction. All others, enter

 

                                        blank.

 

 

 24-28      Race               5        FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        the race (or game) applicable

 

                                        to the winning ticket. If no

 

                                        entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 29-33      Cashier            5        FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        the initials of the cashier

 

                                        making the winning payment. If

 

                                        no entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 34-38      Window             5        FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        the window number or location

 

                                        of the person paying the

 

                                        winnings. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 39-53      First ID           15       FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        the first identification

 

                                        number of the person receiving

 

                                        the winnings. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 54-68      Second ID          15       FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        the second identification

 

                                        number of the person receiving

 

                                        the winnings. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 69-128     Blank              60       Enter blanks.

 

 

      PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Payer "C" Record consists of 2 Sectors of 128 positions each. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "C" Record consists of the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer and/or a particular type of return. The "C" Record MUST be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.03 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3 and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 27-41, 57-86, and 102-116 of Sector 1 and positions 3-32 of Sector 2 would be zero filled.

.04 Payers/Transmitters must verify the accuracy of the totals since data with missing or incorrect "C" Records will be returned for replacement.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "C".

 

 

 3-8        Number of Payees   6        REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

                                        number Payees of "B" Records

 

                                        covered by the preceding "A"

 

                                        Record. Right-justify and zero

 

                                        fill.

 

 

 9-11       Blank              3        Enter blanks.

 

 

 REQUIRED. Accumulate totals of any Payment Amount fields in the "B"

 

 Records into the appropriate Control Total fields of the "C" Record.

 

 CONTROL TOTALS MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED AND UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL

 

 FIELDS MUST BE ZERO FILLED. All Control Total fields are 15 positions

 

 in length.

 

 

 12-26      Control Total 1    15

 

 27-41      Control Total 2    15

 

 42-56      Control Total 3    15

 

 57-71      Control Total 4    15

 

 72-86      Control Total 5    15

 

 87-101     Control Total 6    15

 

 102-116    Control Total 7    15

 

 

 117-128    Blank              12       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "C".

 

 

 3-17       Control Total 8    15

 

 18-32      Control Total 9    15

 

 

 33-128     Blank              96       Enter blanks.

 

 

               END OF PAYER "C" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 14. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The State Totals "K" Record consists of 2 Sectors of 128 positions each. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and type of return to a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. Use ONLY when state reporting approval has been granted.

.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "K" Record.

.05 There MUST be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 17 for the requirements and conditions that MUST be met to file on this program.

                 RECORD NAME: STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "K".

 

 

 3-8        Number of Payees   6        REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

                                        number of "B" Records being

 

                                        coded for this state. Right

 

                                        -justify and zero fill.

 

 

 9-11       Blank              3        Enter blanks.

 

 

      REQUIRED. Accumulate totals of any Payment Amount fields (for

 

 each state being reported) in the "B" Records into the appropriate

 

 Control Total fields in the "K" Record. CONTROL TOTALS MUST BE

 

 RIGHT-JUSTIFIED AND UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS MUST BE ZERO FILLED.

 

 All Control Total fields are 15 positions in length.

 

 

 12-26      Control Total 1    15

 

 27-41      Control Total 2    15

 

 42-56      Control Total 3    15

 

 57-71      Control Total 4    15

 

 72-86      Control Total 5    15

 

 87-101     Control Total 6    15

 

 102-116    Control Total 7    15

 

 

 117-128    Blank              12       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "K".

 

 

 3-17       Control Total 8    15

 

 18-32      Control Total 9    15

 

 

 33-126     Blank              94       Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128    Combined Federal/  2        REQUIRED. Enter the code

 

            State Code                  assigned to the state which is

 

                                        to receive the information.

 

                                        (Refer to Part A, Sec. 17,

 

                                        Table 1.)

 

 

               END OF PAYER "K" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 15. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Transmission "F" Record consists of one 128-position Sector. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.

              RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "F".

 

 

 2-5        Number of "A"      4        You may enter the total number

 

            Records                     of "A" Records in the entire

 

                                        file. Right-justify and zero

 

                                        fill or enter all zeros.

 

 

 6-30       Zero               25       Enter zeros.

 

 

 31-128     Blank              98       Enter blanks.

 

 

            END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

PART E. DOUBLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

SEC. 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in a double density diskette file and must be strictly adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS.

.02 To be compatible, a double density diskette file must meet the following specifications in total:

(a) 8 inches in diameter.

(b) Recorded in EBCDIC.

(c) Contains 77 cylinders (A cylinder refers to both of the tracks available to the read/write heads at any of the 77 locations on the double sided, double density diskette).

(1) Cylinder 00 is the index cylinder (the operating system reserves cylinder 00 for the directory information and writes the file name and location in the directory; data cannot be written in cylinder 00).

(2) Cylinders 1-74 are the primary data cylinders.

(3) Cylinders 75 and 76 are reserved for alternate cylinder assignment.

(d) Each track contains 26 sectors; therefore, each cylinder contains 52 sectors.

(e) Each sector must contain 256 bytes.

(f) Data must be recorded on only one side of the diskette.

(g) IRS can process single sided, single density, soft sectored diskettes as well as double sided, double density, soft sectored diskettes. Part D provides specifications for single density diskettes which have sectors of 128 bytes.

(h) An IBM 5360 compatible diskette would meet the above specifications. If using other processors, data should be recorded in the Basic Data Exchange (EBCDIC) format.

(i) Hard sectored diskettes are not compatible.

(j) A diskette should be clearly marked as to which type of data (double sided/double density) is on each diskette, and the entire file should consist of all double sided/double density diskettes.

.03 Exchange files are created through the Transfer Output command and Copyfile files are created through the Copy Output command. When possible, use the Transfer Output command rather than the Copy Output command to write data to diskettes. In order to do this, initialize the diskettes using the FORMAT parameter in the INIT procedure.

.04 Form 5064, Media Label, must be affixed to each diskette submitted for processing.

SEC. 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

The following header label format applies to both single and double density diskettes.

The header label on the diskette must be located in track 0, sector 8 and must be formatted as shown in the following layout. If your system automatically creates a header label, this is not necessary. If the file will consist of multiple diskettes, the Multi-Volume indicator (pos. 45) in the diskette header label must contain a "C".

[Pictorial Record Layouts depicting specifications discussed in

 

Part E have been omitted. These illustrations are not suitable

 

for electronic reproduction.]

 

 

SEC. 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD -- GENERAL INFORMATION

.01 The Payer/Transmitter "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the diskette and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

.02 The number of "A" Records depends on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer for one type of return should be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.

.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if you are filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2 and 3, all three amount codes must be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records that do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no amount to be reported.

.04 After the header label on the diskette, the first record appearing must be an "A" Record. Each "A" Record will consist of at least one 256 position sector; however, if transmitting for someone other than yourself, 2 sectors are required.

.05 A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a diskette; however, each GROUP of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record and followed by an End of Payer "C" Record.

.06 A single diskette may also contain different types of returns, but the returns MUST NOT be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each payer and each type of return being reported.

.07 An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records; however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.

.08 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record should be uppercase.

.09 WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT, THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST (THE FILER) REFERRED TO AS THE "PAYER" IN THESE INSTRUCTIONS. THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST (BORROWER/PAYER OF RECORD) AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

               RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 

 NOTE: For all fields marked REQUIRED, you must provide the

 

 information described under Description and Remarks. For fields not

 

 marked REQUIRED, you must allow for the field but may be instructed

 

 to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated diskette position(s).

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be "1". It is

 

                                        used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up an "A" Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "A."

 

 

 3-4        Payment Year       2        REQUIRED. Enter "92."

 

 

 5-7        Diskette Sequence  3        Sequence number assigned by

 

            Number                      the transmitter to each

 

                                        diskette starting with 001.

 

                                        (You may choose to enter

 

                                        blanks or zeroes in this

 

                                        field. IRS bypasses this

 

                                        information.) Indicate the

 

                                        proper sequence on the

 

                                        external label Form 5064.

 

 

 8-16       Payer's TIN        9        REQUIRED. Must be the valid 9

 

                                        -digit number assigned to the

 

                                        payer by IRS. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        BLANKS, HYPHENS, or ALPHA

 

                                        CHARACTERS. All zeroes, ones,

 

                                        twos, etc. will have the

 

                                        effect of an incorrect TIN.

 

                                        For foreign corporations not

 

                                        required to have a TIN, this

 

                                        field may be blank; however,

 

                                        the Foreign Corporation

 

                                        Indicator, position 50 Sector

 

                                        1, of the "A" Record should be

 

                                        set to "1." (See Part A, Sec.

 

                                        18 for the definition of a

 

                                        Foreign Corporation.)

 

 

 17-20      Payer Name Control 4        The Payer Name Control can be

 

                                        obtained only from the mail

 

                                        label on the Package 1099

 

                                        which is mailed to most payers

 

                                        on record each December. To

 

                                        distinguish between the

 

                                        Package 1099 and the Magnetic

 

                                        Media Reporting (MMR) package,

 

                                        the Package 1099 contains

 

                                        instructions for paper filing

 

                                        only and the mail label on the

 

                                        package contains a four (4)

 

                                        character NAME CONTROL. The

 

                                        MMR package contains

 

                                        instructions for filing

 

                                        magnetically or electronically

 

                                        only, and the mail label DOES

 

                                        NOT contain a name control.

 

                                        Names of less than four (4)

 

                                        characters should be left

 

                                        -justified, filling the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. If you

 

                                        have not received a Package

 

                                        1099 or you do not know your

 

                                        Payer Name Control, this field

 

                                        should be blank filled.

 

 

 21         Last Filing        1        Enter a "1" if this is the

 

            Indicator                   last year you will file;

 

                                        otherwise, enter blank. Use

 

                                        this indicator if, due to a

 

                                        merger, bankruptcy, etc., you

 

                                        will not be filing information

 

                                        returns under this payer name

 

                                        and TIN in the future either

 

                                        magnetically, electronically,

 

                                        or on paper.

 

 

 22         Combined Federal/  1        FORMS 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B,

 

            State Filer                 1099-S, AND W-2G CANNOT BE

 

                                        FILED ON THIS PROGRAM.

 

 

                                        Enter "1" if participating in

 

                                        the Combined Federal/State

 

                                        Filing Program; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. Refer to Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 17 for details.

 

 

 23         Type of Return     1        REQUIRED. Enter appropriate

 

                                        code from table below:

 

                                        Type of Return           Code

 

                                        1098                        3

 

 

                                        1099-A                      4

 

                                        1099-B                      B

 

                                        1099-DIV                    1

 

                                        1099-G                      F

 

                                        1099-INT                    6

 

                                        1099-MISC                   A

 

                                        1099-OID                    D

 

                                        1099-PATR                   7

 

                                        1099-R                      9

 

                                        1099-S                      S

 

                                        5498                        L

 

                                        W-2G                        W

 

 

 24-32      Amount Codes       9        REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate amount code for

 

                                        the type of return being

 

                                        reported. For each amount code

 

                                        entered in this field, a

 

                                        corresponding payment amount

 

                                        should appear in the Payee "B"

 

                                        Record. In most cases, the box

 

                                        numbers on paper information

 

                                        returns correspond with the

 

                                        amount codes used to file

 

                                        magnetically or

 

                                        electronically. However, if

 

                                        discrepancies occur, this

 

                                        revenue procedure governs.

 

 

            Example: If Sector 1, position 23 of the Payer Transmitter

 

            "A" Record is "7" (for 1099-PATR) and positions 24-32 are

 

            "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks), this indicates that you will be

 

            reporting 3 actual Payment Amounts in all of the following

 

            Payee "B" Records.

 

            The first payment amount field in the Payee "B" Record

 

            will be all "0" (zeros);

 

            the second will represent Nonpatronage Distributions;

 

            the third will be all "0" (zeros);

 

            the fourth will represent Federal Income Tax Withheld;

 

            the fifth and sixth will be all "0" (zeros);

 

            the seventh will represent Energy Investment Credit; and

 

            the eighth and ninth will be all "0" (zeros).

 

 

            Enter the Amount Indicators in ASCENDING SEQUENCE (i.e.,

 

            247bbbbbb; b = blanks), left-justify, filling unused

 

            positions with blanks. For further clarification of the

 

            Amount Codes, contact IRS/MCC.

 

 

 Note: For a detailed explanation of the information to be reported in

 

 each Amount Code, refer to the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099,

 

 1098, 5498, and W-2G."

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Mortgage

 

 Codes                                  Interest Received from

 

 Form 1098 --                           Payer(s)/Borrower(s)

 

 Mortgage                               (Payer of Record) on Form

 

 Interest                               1098:

 

 Statement                              Amount

 

                                        Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Mortgage interest

 

                                               received from

 

                                               payer(s)/borrower(s)

 

                                        2      Points paid directly by

 

                                               payer(s)/borrower(s) on

 

                                               purchase of principal

 

                                               residence

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting the Acquisition

 

 Codes                                  or Abandonment of Secured

 

 Form 1099-A --                         Property on Form 1099-A:

 

 Acquisition or                         Amount

 

 Abandonment of                         Code   Amount Type

 

 Secured Property                       2      Balance of principal

 

                                               outstanding

 

                                        3      Gross foreclosure

 

                                               proceeds

 

                                        4      Appraisal value

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-B:

 

 Form 1099-B --                         Amount

 

 Proceeds from                          Code   Amount Type

 

 Broker and Barter                      2      Stocks, bonds, etc.

 

 Exchange Transactions                         (For Forward Contracts

 

                                               see Note.)

 

                                        3      Bartering (Do not

 

                                               report negative

 

                                               amounts.)

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               Withholding)

 

                                        6      Profit (or loss)

 

                                               realized in 1992

 

                                        7      Unrealized profit (or

 

                                               loss) on open contracts

 

                                               -- 12/31/91

 

                                        8      Unrealized profit (or

 

                                               loss) on open contracts

 

                                               -- 12/31/92

 

                                        9      Aggregate profit (or

 

 

                                               loss)

 

 

 NOTE: The Payment Amount field associated with Amount Code 2 may be

 

 used to represent a loss when the reporting is for Forward Contracts.

 

 Refer to "B" Record -- General Field Descriptions, Payment Amount

 

 Fields, for instructions on reporting negative amounts. Do not report

 

 negative amounts for Amount Codes 3 and 4.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-DIV:

 

 Form 1099-DIV --                       Amount

 

 Dividends and                          Code   Amount Type

 

 Distributions                          1      Gross dividends and

 

                                               other distributions on

 

                                               stock (see Note)

 

                                        2      Ordinary dividends (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        3      Capital gain

 

                                               distributions (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        4      Nontaxable

 

                                               distributions (if

 

                                               determinable) (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        5      Investment expenses

 

                                               (see Note)

 

                                        6      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               Withholding)

 

                                        7      Foreign tax paid

 

                                        8      Cash liquidation

 

                                               distributions

 

                                        9      Noncash liquidation

 

                                               distributions (show

 

                                               fair market value)

 

 

 NOTE: Amount Code 1 MUST be present (unless you are using Amount

 

 Codes 8 and 9 only) and must equal the sum of amounts reported in

 

 Amount Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5. If an amount is present for Amount Code

 

 1, there must be an amount present for Amount Codes 2-5 as

 

 applicable.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-G:

 

 Form 1099-G --                         Amount

 

 Certain                                Code   Amount Type

 

 Government                             1      Unemployment

 

 Payments                                      compensation

 

                                        2      State or local income

 

                                               tax refunds, credits or

 

                                               offsets

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               Withholding)

 

                                        5      Discharge of

 

                                               indebtedness

 

                                        6      Taxable grants

 

                                        7      Agriculture payments

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-INT:

 

 Form 1099-INT --                       Amount

 

 Interest Income                        Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Interest income not

 

                                               included in Amount

 

                                               Code 3

 

                                        2      Early withdrawal

 

                                               penalty

 

                                        3      Interest on U.S.

 

                                               Savings Bonds and

 

                                               Treasury obligations

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               Withholding)

 

                                        5      Foreign tax paid

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  Codes 1099-MISC:

 

 Form 1099-MISC --                      Amount

 

 Miscellaneous                          Code   Amount Type

 

 Income                                 1      Rents

 

                                        2      Royalties (see Note 1)

 

                                        3      Prizes, awards, etc.

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               Withholding)

 

                                        5      Fishing boat proceeds

 

                                        6      Medical and health care

 

                                               payments

 

                                        7      Nonemployee

 

                                               compensation or Crop

 

                                               Insurance Proceeds

 

                                               (see Note 2)

 

                                        8      Substitute payments in

 

                                               lieu of dividends or

 

                                               interest

 

                                        9      Golden Parachute

 

                                               Payments (see Note 3)

 

 

 NOTE 1: Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut" contract;

 

 

 these should be reported on Form 1099-S.

 

 

 NOTE 2: Amount Code "7" is normally used to report Nonemployee

 

 Compensation. However, Amount Code "7" may also be used to report

 

 Crop Insurance Proceeds. See positions 5-6, Sector 1, of the "B"

 

 Record for instructions. If Nonemployee Compensation and Crop

 

 Insurance Proceeds are being paid to the same payee, a separate "B"

 

 Record for each transaction is required.

 

 

 NOTE 3: In the past, Amount Code 9 was used to indicate direct sales

 

 of $5000 or more. A one position indicator, Direct Sales Indicator,

 

 has been added to the Payee "B" Record for this purpose (position 13,

 

 Sector 1, if using 8" diskettes). Amount Code 9 may only be used to

 

 report Excess Golden Parachute Payments.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-OID:

 

 1099-OID --                            Amount

 

 Original Issue                         Code   Amount Type

 

 Discount                               1      Original issue discount

 

                                               for 1992

 

                                        2      Other periodic interest

 

                                        3      Early withdrawal

 

                                               penalty

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               Withholding)

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-PATR:

 

 Form 1099-PATR --                      Amount

 

 Taxable                                Code   Amount Type

 

 Distributions                          1      Patronage dividends

 

 Received From                          2      Nonpatronage

 

 Cooperatives                                  distributions

 

                                        3      Per-unit retain

 

                                               allocations

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               Withholding)

 

                                        5      Redemption of

 

                                               nonqualified notices

 

                                               and retain allocations

 

                                        6      Investment credit (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        7      Energy investment

 

                                               credit (see Note)

 

                                        8      Jobs credit (see Note)

 

 

 NOTE: The amounts shown for Amount Indicators 6, 7, and 8 must be

 

 reported to the payee; however, they need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-R:

 

 Form 1099-R                            Amount

 

 Distributions                          Code   Amount Type

 

 From Pensions, Annuities,              1      Gross distribution (see

 

 Retirement or Profit-                         Note 2)

 

 Sharing Plans, IRAs,                   2      Taxable amount (see

 

 Insurance Contracts, etc.                     Note 3)

 

 (See Note 1)                           3      Amount in Amount Code 2

 

                                               eligible for capital

 

                                               gain election

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (see Note 4)

 

                                        5      Employee contributions

 

                                               or insurance premiums

 

 

                                        6      Net unrealized

 

                                               appreciation in

 

                                               employer's securities

 

                                        8      Other

 

                                        9      State income tax

 

                                               withheld (see Note 5)

 

 

 NOTE 1: Additional information may be required in the Payee "B"

 

 Record. Refer to positions 45 thru 49, Sector 1, of the Payee "B"

 

 Record.

 

 

 NOTE 2: If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

 distribution, enter a "1" in position 48, Sector 1, of the Payee "B"

 

 Record.

 

 

 NOTE 3: If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative amount.

 

 For example, if stock is distributed but the value is less than the

 

 employee's after-tax contributions, enter the value of the stock in

 

 Amount Code 1, enter zero (0) in Amount Code 2, and enter the

 

 employee's contributions in Amount Code 5.

 

 

      If the taxable amount cannot be determined enter a "1" in

 

 position 49 Sector 1 of the "B" Record.

 

 

      If you are reporting an IRA/SEP distribution, generally include

 

 the amount of the distribution in the Taxable Amount, Payment Amount

 

 2, pos. 62-71 and enter a "1" in the IRA/SEP Indicator position 45 (a

 

 "1" may be entered in the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator

 

 position 49) Sector 1 of the "B" Record.

 

 

      See the explanation for Box 2a of Form 1099-R for exceptions to

 

 reporting the taxable amount.

 

 

 NOTE 4: See the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G" for further information concerning the definition of federal

 

 income tax withheld for Form 1099-R.

 

 

 NOTE 5: State income tax withheld has been added for the convenience

 

 of the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  1099-S:

 

 Form 1099-S --                         Amount

 

 Proceeds From                          Code   Amount Type

 

 Real Estate                            2      Gross Proceeds (see

 

 Transactions                                  Note)

 

 

 NOTE: Report payments of TIMBER royalties made under a "pay-as-cut"

 

 contract here. For more information, see Ann. 90-129, 1990-48 I.R.B.

 

 10. If timber royalties are being reported, enter "TIMBER" in the

 

 description field of the "B" Record.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  5498:

 

 Form 5498 --                           Amount

 

 Individual                             Code   Amount Type

 

 Retirement                             1      Regular IRA

 

 Arrangement                                   contributions made in

 

 Information (see Note)                        1992 and 1993 for 1992

 

                                        2      Rollover IRA

 

                                               contributions

 

                                        3      Life insurance cost

 

                                               included in Amount Code

 

                                               1

 

                                        4      Fair market value of

 

                                               the account

 

 

NOTE: For information regarding Inherited IRAs, refer to Rev. Proc. 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632. Beneficiary information must be given in the Payee Name Line of the "B" Record.

If reporting IRA contributions for a Desert Shield/Storm participant for other than 1992, enter "DS," the year for which the contribution was made, and the amount of the contribution in the Special Data Entries field of the "B" Record.

For further information concerning Inherited IRAs or Desert Shield/Storm participant reporting, refer to 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G," and Notice 91-17, 1991-1 C.B. 319.

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                                  W-2G:

 

 Form W-2G --                           Amount

 

 Certain Gambling                       Code   Amount Type

 

 Winnings                               1      Gross winnings

 

                                        2      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld

 

                                        3      State income tax

 

                                               withheld (see Note)

 

                                        7      Winnings from identical

 

                                               wagers

 

 

NOTE: State income tax withheld has been added for the convenience of the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 33         Test indicator     1        REQUIRED. Enter "T" if this is

 

                                        TEST file; otherwise, enter a

 

                                        blank.

 

 

 34         Service Bureau     1        Enter "1" if you used a

 

            Indicator                   service bureau to develop

 

                                        and/or transmit your files;

 

                                        otherwise enter blank. See

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of a Service

 

                                        Bureau.

 

 

 35-44      Blank              10       Enter blanks.

 

 

 45-49      Transmitter        5        REQUIRED. Enter the five

 

            Control Code (TCC)          character alpha/numeric

 

                                        Transmitter Control Code

 

                                        assigned by IRS. You MUST have

 

                                        a TCC to file data on this

 

                                        program. DO NOT ENTER MORE

 

                                        THAN ONE TCC PER FILE.

 

 

 50         Foreign            1        Enter a "1" if the payer is a

 

            Corporation                 foreign corporation and income

 

            Indicator                   is paid by the corporation to

 

                                        a U.S. resident. (See Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 18 for the definition of

 

                                        a Foreign Corporation.) If the

 

                                        payer is not a foreign

 

                                        corporation, enter a blank.

 

                                        See Note.

 

 

NOTE: If you erroneously report corporations as foreign, you may be subject to a penalty for providing incorrect information to IRS. Therefore, be sure to code only those records as foreign corporations that should be coded as such.

 51-90      First Payer        40       REQUIRED. Enter the name of

 

            Name Line                   the payer whose TIN appears in

 

                                        Sector 1, positions 8-16, in

 

                                        the manner in which it was

 

                                        used when the TIN was

 

                                        acquired. Any extraneous

 

                                        information must be deleted.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. (Do not enter a

 

                                        Transfer Agent's name in this

 

                                        field. Any Transfer Agent's

 

                                        name should appear in the

 

                                        Second Payer Name field.)

 

 

 NOTE: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A"

 

 Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest

 

 (the filer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the

 

 interest (the payer of record) and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S,

 

 the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the

 

 transaction and the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.

 

 

 91-130     Second Payer       40       If the Transfer Agent

 

            Name Line                   Indicator (Sector 1, pos. 131)

 

                                        contains a "1," this field

 

                                        must contain the name of the

 

                                        Transfer Agent. If the

 

                                        indicator contains a "0"

 

                                        (zero), this field may contain

 

                                        either a continuation of the

 

                                        First Payer Name Line or

 

                                        blanks. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

 

 131        Transfer Agent     1        REQUIRED. Identifies the

 

            Indicator                   entity in the Second Payer

 

                                        Name Line field. (See Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 18 for a definition of

 

                                        Transfer Agent.)

 

 

                                        Code     Meaning

 

                                        1        The entity in the

 

                                                 Second Payer Name

 

                                                 Line field is the

 

                                                 Transfer Agent.

 

                                        0 (zero) The entity shown is

 

                                                 not the Transfer

 

                                                 Agent (i.e., the

 

                                                 Second Payer Name

 

                                                 Line field contains

 

                                                 either a continuation

 

                                                 of the First Payer

 

                                                 Name Line field or

 

                                                 blanks).

 

 

 132-171    Payer Shipping     40       REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            Address                     AGENT INDICATOR in Sector 1,

 

                                        position 131 is a "1," enter

 

                                        the shipping address of the

 

                                        Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the ACTUAL shipping

 

                                        address of the payer. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 

 172-211    Payer City, State, 40       REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            and ZIP Code                AGENT INDICATOR in Sector 1,

 

                                        position 131 is a "1," enter

 

                                        the City, Town, or Post

 

                                        Office, State and ZIP Code of

 

                                        the Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the City, Town, or Post

 

                                        Office, State and ZIP Code of

 

                                        the payer. Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 

 212-256    Blank              45       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2-Need only be used if the Payer and Transmitter are not the

 

 same.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be "2". Used to

 

                                        sequence the sectors making up

 

                                        a PAYER Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "A".

 

 

 3-82       Transmitter Name   80       REQUIRED if payer and

 

                                        transmitter are not the same.

 

                                        Enter the name of the

 

                                        transmitter in the manner in

 

                                        which it is used in normal

 

                                        business. The name of the

 

                                        transmitter must be reported

 

                                        in the same manner throughout

 

                                        the entire file. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same, enter blanks in this

 

                                        field.

 

 

 83-122     Transmitter        40       REQUIRED if payer and

 

            Mailing Address             transmitter are not the same.

 

                                        Enter the mailing address of

 

                                        the transmitter. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks. If the payer

 

                                        and transmitter are the same,

 

                                        enter blanks in this field.

 

 

 123-162    Transmitter City,  40       REQUIRED if the payer and

 

            State and ZIP Code          transmitter are not the same.

 

                                        Enter the City, Town, or Post

 

                                        Office, State and ZIP Code of

 

                                        the transmitter. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same, enter blanks in this

 

                                        field.

 

 

 163-256    Blank              94       Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

.01 This section contains the general information concerning the Payee "B" Record for all information returns filed on double sided/double density soft-sectored diskettes. For a detailed description of the record refer to the following:

(a) Sec. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G. (See Part E, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 for field descriptions for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.)

(b) Sec. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

(c) Sec. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A.

(d) Sec. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B.

(e) Sec. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID.

(f) Sec. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S.

(g) Sec. 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G.

All "B" Records will consist of two sectors of 256 positions each.

In the "A" Record, the Amount Codes that appear in diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 will be left-justified and blank filled. In the "B" Record, you will allow for all nine payment amount fields and for those not used, enter zeros. For example, if you are reporting on Form 1099-PATR, you will enter a "7" in diskette position 23 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record, Type of Return field. If you are reporting payments for Amount Codes 2, 4 and 7, then diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record will be "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks). In the "B" Record:

- Positions 52 through 61 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 1 will be zeroes.

- Positions 62-71 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Nonpatronage Distributions."

- Positions 72-81 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 3 will be zeroes.

- Positions 82-91 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Federal Income Tax Withheld."

- Positions 92-111 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 5 and 6 will be zeroes.

- Positions 112-121 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Energy Investment Credit."

- Positions 122-141 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be zeroes.

.02 The record layout for Sector 1 will be the same for all "B" Records. Sector 2, however, will be different for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G. Refer to Part E. Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 respectively for the record layouts for Sector 2 of these records.

.03 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname are to be entered by the payers.

.04 If payers are unable to provide the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank; however, compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control.

(a) The surname of the payee whose SSN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If you enter the first name first, you must leave a blank space between the first and last names.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record, must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees in the record may be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.

.05 See Part A, Sec. 15 for further information concerning Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs).

.06 A field is also provided in these specifications for Special Data Entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments or for the filer's own personal use. IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries field, therefore, the IRS program does not check the content or format of the data entered in this field. Use of this field will not affect the processing of the "B" Records.

.07 Those filers participating in the Combined Federal State Filing Program must adhere to specifications in Part A, Sec. 17, in order to participate in this program.

.08 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be upper-case.

.09 Do not use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents. Ten dollars must appear as 0000001000.

.10 IRS STRONGLY ENCOURAGES FILERS TO REVIEW THEIR DATA FOR ACCURACY BEFORE SUBMISSION TO PREVENT ISSUANCE OF ERRONEOUS NOTICES TO PERSONS FOR WHOM REPORTS ARE FILED. FILERS SHOULD BE ESPECIALLY CAREFUL THAT THEIR NAMES, TINs, ACCOUNT NUMBERS, TYPES OF INCOME AND INCOME AMOUNTS ARE CORRECT.

.11 WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT, THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME AND TIN OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST (THE FILER). THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST (THE BORROWER/PAYER OF RECORD) AND THE AMOUNT PAID. FOR FORMS 1099-S, THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR REPORTING THE TRANSACTION. THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE SELLER/TRANSFEROR.

SEC. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098. 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A. 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

For Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G, see Part E. Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 respectively for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 2 of these records.

NOTE: For all fields marked REQUIRED, you must provide the information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields not marked REQUIRED, you must allow for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated diskette position(s) and for the indicated length.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". It is

 

                                        used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-4        Payment Year       2        REQUIRED. Enter "92."

 

 

 5-6        Document Specific/ 2        REQUIRED for Forms 1099-G,

 

            Distribution Code           1099-MISC, 1099-R AND W-2G.

 

                                        FOR ALL OTHER FORMS, OR IF NOT

 

                                        USED, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

            Tax Year of Refund          For Form 1099-G, use only for

 

            (Form 1099-G only)          reporting the tax year for

 

                                        which the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset was issued. Enter in

 

                                        position 5; position 6 will be

 

                                        blank.

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset is not attributable to

 

                                        income tax from a trade or

 

                                        business, enter the NUMERIC

 

                                        year from the table below for

 

                                        which the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset was issued (e.g., for

 

                                        1991, enter 1).

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset is exclusively

 

                                        attributable to income from a

 

                                        trade or business, and is not

 

                                        of general application, enter

 

                                        the ALPHA equivalent of the

 

                                        year from the table below

 

                                        (e.g., for 1991, enter A).

 

 

                                                           Year for

 

                                                         Which TRADE/

 

                                        Year for Which BUSINESS Refund

 

                                           GENERAL        was Issued

 

                                           Refund          (Alpha

 

                                         was Issued      Equivalent)

 

                                             1                A

 

                                             2                B

 

                                             3                C

 

                                             4                D

 

                                             5                E

 

                                             6                F

 

                                             7                G

 

                                             8                H

 

                                             9                I

 

                                             0                J

 

 

            Crop Insurance              For Form 1099-MISC, enter a

 

            Proceeds (Form              "1" in position 5 if the

 

            1099-MISC only)             payment reported for Amount

 

                                        Code 7 is Crop Insurance

 

                                        Proceeds. Position 6 must be

 

                                        blank.

 

 

            Distribution Code           For Form 1099-R, enter the

 

            (Form 1099-R)               appropriate Distribution

 

            (For detailed               Code(s). More than one code

 

            explanations of             may apply for Form 1099-R;

 

            distribution                however, if only one code is

 

            codes, see the 1992         required, it MUST be entered

 

 

            "Instructions for           in position 5 and position 6

 

            Forms 1099, 1098,           will be blank. Enter at least

 

            5498, and W-2G.")           one (1) Distribution

 

                                        Code. BLANKS in BOTH positions

 

                                        5 and 6 are NOT acceptable.

 

 

                                        Enter the applicable code from

 

                                        the table that follows.

 

                                        Position 5 must contain a

 

                                        numeric code in all cases

 

                                        except when using P or D.

 

                                        Distribution Code A, B, or C,

 

                                        when applicable, must be

 

                                        entered in position 6 with the

 

                                        applicable numeric code in

 

                                        position 5.

 

 

                                        When using Code P for an IRA

 

                                        distribution under section

 

                                        408(d)(4) of the Internal

 

                                        Revenue Code, you may also

 

                                        enter Code 1, if it applies.

 

 

                                        Only two numeric combination

 

                                        are acceptable, Codes 8 and 1,

 

                                        and Codes 8 and 2, on one

 

                                        return. These two combinations

 

                                        can only be used if both codes

 

                                        apply to the distribution

 

                                        being reported. If more than

 

                                        one numeric code is applicable

 

                                        to different parts of a

 

                                        distribution, report two

 

                                        separate "B" Records.

 

 

                                        Category                 Code

 

                                        Early (premature)       1 /*/

 

                                          distribution, no

 

                                          known exception

 

                                        Early (premature)       2 /*/

 

                                          distribution,

 

                                          exception applies

 

                                          (as defined in

 

                                          section 72(q), (t),

 

                                          or (v) of the IR

 

                                          code) other than

 

                                          disability or death

 

                                        Disability              3 /*/

 

                                        Death (includes

 

                                          payments to a

 

                                          beneficiary)          4 /*/

 

                                        Prohibited transaction  5 /*/

 

                                        Section 1035 Exchange   6

 

                                        Normal distribution     7 /*/

 

                                        Excess contributions    8 /*/

 

                                          plus earnings/excess

 

                                          deferrals (and/or

 

                                          earnings) taxable

 

                                          in 1992

 

                                        PS58 costs              9

 

                                        Excess contributions    P /*/

 

                                          plus earnings/excess

 

                                          deferrals (and/or

 

                                          earnings) taxable

 

                                          in 1991

 

                                        Qualifies for 5-10      A

 

                                          year averaging

 

                                        Qualifies for death     B

 

                                          benefit exclusion

 

                                        Qualifies for both      C

 

                                          A and B

 

                                        Excess Contributions

 

                                          plus earnings/excess

 

                                          deferrals taxable in  D /*/

 

                                          1990

 

 

/*/ If you are reporting an IRA or SEP distribution for Codes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, P or D you MUST code a "1" in Position 45 of the "B" Record.

            Type of Wager               For Form W-2G, enter the

 

            (Form W-2G Only)            applicable code in position 5.

 

                                        Position 6 will be blank.

 

 

                                        Category                 Code

 

                                        Horse Race Track (or        1

 

                                          Off-Track Betting of

 

                                          a Horse Track nature)

 

                                        Dog Race Track (or Off-     2

 

                                          Track Betting of a

 

                                          Dog Track nature)

 

                                        Jai-alai                    3

 

                                        State Conducted Lottery     4

 

                                        Keno                        5

 

                                        Casino Type Bingo. DO       6

 

                                          NOT use this code

 

                                          for any other type

 

                                          of bingo winnings

 

                                          (e.g., church or

 

                                          Fire Dept.)

 

                                        Slot Machines               7

 

                                        Any other type of           8

 

                                          gambling winnings.

 

                                          (This includes Church

 

                                          Bingo, Fire Dept.

 

                                          Bingo, or unlabeled

 

                                          winnings)

 

 

 7          2nd TIN Notice     1        For Forms 1099-B, 1099-DIV,

 

                                        1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID,

 

                                        and 1099-PATR only.

 

 

                                        Enter "2" to indicate you were

 

                                        notified by IRS twice within 3

 

                                        calendar years that the payee

 

                                        provided an incorrect name

 

                                        and/or TIN; otherwise, enter a

 

                                        blank.

 

 

 8          Corrected Return   1        Indicate a corrected return.

 

            Indicator                   Code   Definition

 

                                        G      If this is a one

 

                                               transaction correction

 

                                               or the first of a two

 

                                               transaction correction.

 

                                        C      If this is the second

 

                                               transaction of a two

 

                                               transaction correction.

 

                                        Blank  If this is not a return

 

                                               being submitted to

 

                                               correct information

 

                                               already processed by

 

                                               IRS.

 

 

 NOTE: Refer to Part A, Sec. 14 for specific instructions on how to

 

 file corrected returns.

 

 

 9-12       Name Control       4        If determinable, enter the

 

                                        first four (4) characters of

 

                                        the surname of the person

 

                                        whose TIN is being reported in

 

                                        positions 16-24 of the "B"

 

                                        Record; otherwise, enter

 

                                        blanks. This is usually the

 

                                        payee. IF THE NAME THAT

 

                                        CORRESPONDS TO THE TIN IS NOT

 

                                        INCLUDED IN THE FIRST OR

 

                                        SECOND PAYEE NAME LINE AND THE

 

                                        CORRECT NAME CONTROL IS NOT

 

                                        PROVIDED, A BACKUP WITHHOLDING

 

                                        NOTICE MAY BE GENERATED FOR

 

                                        THE RECORD. Surnames of less

 

                                        than four (4) characters

 

                                        should be left-justified,

 

                                        filling the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. Special

 

                                        characters and imbedded blanks

 

                                        should be removed. In the case

 

 

                                        of a business, other than a

 

                                        sole proprietorship, use the

 

                                        first four significant

 

                                        characters of the business

 

                                        name. Disregard the word "the"

 

                                        when it is the first word of

 

                                        the name, UNLESS there are

 

                                        only two words in the name. A

 

                                        dash (-) and an ampersand (&)

 

                                        are the only acceptable

 

                                        special characters. Surname

 

                                        prefixes are considered part

 

                                        of the surname, e.g., for Van

 

                                        Elm, the name control would be

 

                                        VANE.

 

 

 NOTE: Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters are

 

 allowed (i.e., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, dash, etc.), this

 

 information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing AFTER

 

 data has been successfully processed.

 

 

 The following examples may be helpful to you in developing the Name

 

 Control:

 

 

                         NAME                            NAME CONTROL

 

 

 Individuals:

 

 

                         Jane Brown                      BROW

 

                         John A. Lee                     LEE /*/

 

                         James P. En, Sr.                EN /*/

 

                         John O'Neil                     ONEI

 

                         Mary Van Buren                  VANB

 

                         Juan De Jesus                   DEJE

 

                         Gloria A. El-Roy                EL-R

 

                         Mr. John Smith                  SMIT

 

                         Joe McCarthy                    MCCA

 

                         Pedro Torres-Lopes              TORR

 

                         Maria Lopez Moreno /**/         LOPE

 

                         Binh To La                      LA /*/

 

                         Nhat Thi Pham                   PHAM

 

                         Mark D'Allesandro               DALL

 

 

 Corporations:

 

 

                         The First National Bank         FIRS

 

                         The Hideaway                    THEH

 

                         A & B Cafe                      A&EC

 

                         11th Street Inc.                11TH

 

 

 Sole Proprietor:

 

 

                         Mark Hemlock DBA                HEML

 

                           The Sunshine Club

 

 

 Partnership:

 

 

                         Robert Aspen and Bess Willow    ASPE

 

                         Harold Fir, Bruce Elm, and      FIR /*/

 

                           Joyce Spruce et al Ptr

 

 

 Estate:

 

 

                         Frank White Estate              WHIT

 

                         Sheila Blue Estate              BLUE

 

 

 Trusts and Fiduciaries:

 

 

                         Daisy Corporation Employee      DAIS

 

                           Benefit Trust

 

                         Trust FBO The Cherryblossom     CHER

 

                           Society

 

 

 Exempt Organization:

 

 

                         Laborer's Union, AFL-CIO        LABO

 

                         St. Bernard's Methodist         STBE

 

                           Church Bldg. Fund

 

 

/*/ Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters must be left-justified and blank filled.

/**/ For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an individual, derive the name control from the first last name.

 13         Direct Sales       1        1099-MISC only. Enter a "1" to

 

            Indicator                   indicate sale of $5,000 or

 

                                        more of consumer products to a

 

                                        person on a buy-sell, deposit-

 

                                        commission, or any other

 

                                        commission basis for resale

 

                                        anywhere other than in a

 

                                        permanent retail

 

                                        establishment; otherwise,

 

                                        enter a blank.

 

 

 14         Blank              2        Enter blanks.

 

 

 15         Type of TIN        1        This field is used to identify

 

                                        the Taxpayer Identification

 

                                        Number (TIN) in positions 16-

 

                                        24 as either an Employer

 

                                        Identification Number or a

 

                                        Social Security Number. Enter

 

                                        the appropriate code from the

 

                                        following table:

 

 

                                        Type of      Type of

 

                                          TIN   TIN  Account

 

                                           1    EIN  A business

 

                                                       organization or

 

                                                       other entity

 

                                           2    SSN  An individual

 

                                         blank  N/A  If the type of

 

                                                       TIN is

 

                                                       undeterminable,

 

                                                       enter a blank

 

 

 16-24      Taxpayer           9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid nine

 

            Identification              digit Taxpayer Identification

 

            Number                      Number of the payee (SSN or

 

                                        EIN, as appropriate). If an

 

                                        identification number has been

 

                                        applied for but not received,

 

                                        enter blanks. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS or ALPHA CHARACTERS.

 

                                        All zeroes, ones, twos, etc.

 

                                        will have the effect of an

 

                                        incorrect TIN.

 

 

 25-44      Payer's Account    20       Enter any number assigned by

 

            Number for Payee            the payer to the payee (e.g.,

 

                                        checking or savings account

 

                                        number). You are encouraged to

 

                                        use this field. THIS NUMBER

 

                                        WILL HELP TO DISTINGUISH THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYEE'S RECORDS AND

 

                                        SHOULD BE UNIQUE FOR EACH

 

                                        DOCUMENT. DO NOT USE THE PAYEE

 

                                        TIN SINCE THIS WILL NOT MAKE

 

                                        EACH RECORD UNIQUE. This

 

                                        information is particularly

 

                                        useful when corrections are

 

                                        filed. This number will be

 

                                        provided with your Backup

 

                                        Withholding notification from

 

                                        the IRS and may be helpful in

 

                                        identifying the branch or

 

                                        subsidiary reporting the

 

                                        transaction. Do not define

 

                                        data in this field in packed

 

                                        decimal format. If fewer than

 

                                        twenty characters are used,

 

                                        you may either left- or right-

 

                                        justify, filling the remaining

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 45         IRA/SEP Indicator  1        FORM 1099-R ONLY. Enter "1" if

 

                                        reporting a distribution from

 

                                        an IRA or SEP; otherwise,

 

                                        enter a blank.

 

 

 Generally, report the total amount distributed from an IRA or SEP in

 

 Payment Amount Field 2 (Taxable Amount), as well as

 

 Payment Amount Field 1 (Gross Distribution) of the "B" Record. You

 

 may indicate the taxable amount was not determined by

 

 using the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator (position 49) of

 

 the "B" Record.

 

 

 46-47      Percentage of      2        FORM 1099-R only. Use this

 

            Total Distribution          field only when reporting a

 

                                        total distribution to more

 

                                        than one person, such as when

 

                                        a participant dies and you

 

                                        distribute to two or more

 

                                        beneficiaries. If the

 

                                        percentage is 100, leave this

 

                                        field blank. If the percentage

 

                                        is a fraction, round off to

 

                                        the nearest whole number (for

 

                                        example, 10.4% will be 10%;

 

                                        10.5% or more will be 11%).

 

                                        Enter the percentage received

 

                                        by the person whose TIN is

 

 

                                        included in positions 16-24 of

 

                                        the "B" Record. This field

 

                                        must be right-justified, and

 

                                        unused positions must be zero

 

                                        filled. If not applicable,

 

                                        enter blanks. You need not

 

                                        enter this information for IRA

 

                                        or SEP distributions.

 

 

 48         Total Distribution 1        FORM 1099-R only. Enter a "1"

 

            Indicator                   only if the payment shown for

 

                                        Amount Code 1 is a total

 

                                        distribution; otherwise, enter

 

                                        blank.

 

 

 NOTE: A total distribution is one or more distributions within one

 

 tax year in which the entire balance of the account is distributed.

 

 Any distribution that does not meet this definition is not a total

 

 distribution.

 

 

 49         Taxable Amount Not 1        FORM 1099-R only. Enter a "1"

 

            Determined                  only if you cannot compute the

 

            Indicator                   taxable amount of the payment

 

                                        entered in Payment Amount

 

                                        Field 1 (Gross Distribution)

 

                                        of the "B" Record. If the

 

                                        indicator is used, enter 0

 

                                        (zeros) in Payment Amount

 

                                        Field 2 of the "B" Record.

 

                                        Please make every effort to

 

                                        compute the taxable amount.

 

 

                                        Enter a blank if you are

 

                                        reporting the taxable amount

 

                                        or you are not reporting Form

 

                                        1099-R.

 

 

 50-51      Blank              2        Enter blanks.

 

 

            Payment Amount              REQUIRED. You must allow for

 

            Fields (Must be             all payment amounts. For those

 

            numeric)                    not used, you must enter

 

                                        zeros. For example: If

 

                                        position 23 of the "A" Record

 

                                        is "7" (for 1099-PATR) and

 

                                        positions 24-32 are

 

                                        "247bbbbbb" (b = blank), this

 

                                        indicates that you will be

 

                                        reporting three actual payment

 

                                        amounts in the following "B"

 

                                        Records. Payment Amount 1 will

 

                                        be all "0" (zeros), Payment

 

                                        Amount 2 will represent

 

                                        Nonpatronage distributions,

 

                                        Payment Amount 3 will be all

 

                                        "0" (zeros), Payment Amount 4

 

                                        will represent Federal income

 

                                        tax withheld, Payment Amounts

 

                                        5 and 6 will be all "0"

 

                                        (zeros), Payment Amount 7 will

 

                                        represent Energy investment

 

                                        credit, and Payment Amounts 8

 

                                        and 9 will be all "0" (zeros).

 

                                        Each payment field must

 

                                        contain 10 numeric characters

 

                                        (see Note).

 

 

                                        Each payment amount must be

 

                                        entered in U.S. dollars and

 

                                        cents. The rightmost two

 

                                        positions represent cents in

 

                                        the Payment Amount fields. Do

 

                                        not enter dollar signs,

 

                                        commas, decimal points or

 

                                        NEGATIVE PAYMENTS, except

 

                                        those items that reflect a

 

                                        loss on Form 1099-B.

 

 

                                        Positive and negative amounts

 

                                        are indicated by placing a "+"

 

 

                                        or "-" (minus sign) in the

 

                                        leftmost position of the

 

                                        payment amount field. A

 

                                        negative overpunch in the

 

                                        units position may be used,

 

                                        instead of a minus sign, to

 

                                        indicate a negative amount. If

 

                                        a plus sign, minus sign, or

 

                                        negative overpunch is not

 

                                        used, the number is assumed to

 

                                        be positive. PAYMENT AMOUNTS

 

                                        MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED

 

                                        AND UNUSED POSITIONS MUST BE

 

                                        ZERO FILLED. FEDERAL INCOME

 

                                        TAX WITHHELD CANNOT BE

 

                                        REPORTED AS A NEGATIVE AMOUNT

 

                                        ON ANY FORM.

 

 

                                        NOTE: If you are reporting a

 

                                        money amount in excess of

 

                                        9999999999 (dollars and

 

                                        cents), it must be reported as

 

                                        follows:

 

 

                                        (1) The first "B" Record MUST

 

                                        contain 9999999999.

 

 

                                        (2) The second "B" Record will

 

                                        contain the remaining money

 

                                        amounts.

 

 

                                        DO NOT SPLIT THIS FIGURE IN

 

                                        HALF.

 

 

 52-61      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 1 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 1 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 2 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 2 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 3 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 3 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 82-91      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 4 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 4 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 92-101     Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 5 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 5 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 102-111    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 6 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 6 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 112-121    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 7 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 7 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 122-131    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 8 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 8 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 132-141    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 9 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 9 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

/*/ If there are discrepancies between these Payment Amount Codes and the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in this revenue procedure govern.

 142-161    Blank              20       Enter blanks.

 

 

 162        Foreign Country    1        If the address of the payee is

 

            Indicator                   in a foreign country, enter a

 

                                        "1" in this field, otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. When using this

 

                                        indicator, you may use a free

 

                                        format for the Payee Address,

 

                                        City, State, and ZIP Code.

 

                                        Address information must not

 

                                        appear in the First or Second

 

                                        Payee Name Lines.

 

 

 163-202    First Payee        40       REQUIRED. Enter the name of

 

            Name Line                   the payee (preferably surname

 

                                        first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN)

 

                                        appears in Sector 1, positions

 

                                        16-24 of the "B" Record. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. If more

 

                                        space is required for the

 

                                        name, utilize the Second Payee

 

                                        Name Line field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose TIN has

 

                                        been provided should be

 

                                        entered in this field. The

 

                                        names of the other payees may

 

                                        be entered in the Second Payee

 

                                        Name Line. If reporting for a

 

                                        sole proprietor enter the

 

                                        individuals name. The business

 

                                        name is optional in the Second

 

                                        Payee Name Line.

 

 

 NOTE: WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT, THE "A"

 

 RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST (THE

 

 FILER). THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE

 

 INTEREST (THE BORROWER/PAYER OF RECORD) AND THE AMOUNT PAID. FOR

 

 FORMS 1099-S, THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE SELLER/TRANSFEROR

 

 INFORMATION.

 

 

 NOTE: For Form 5498 Inherited IRAs, enter the beneficiary's name

 

 followed by word "beneficiary." For example, "Brian Young as

 

 beneficiary of Joan Smith" or something similar that signifies that

 

 the IRA was once owned by Joan Smith. You may abbreviate the word

 

 "beneficiary" as, for example, "benef." Refer to the 1992

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." The

 

 beneficiary's TIN should be reported in position 16-24 of the "B"

 

 Record.

 

 

 203-242    Second Payee       40       If there are multiple payees

 

            Name Line                   (e.g., partners, joint owners,

 

                                        or spouses) use this field for

 

                                        those names not associated

 

                                        with the TIN in positions 16-

 

                                        24 of the "B" Record or if

 

                                        not enough space was provided

 

                                        in the First Payee Name Line

 

                                        continue the name in this

 

                                        field. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field. It

 

                                        is important that you provide

 

                                        as much payee information to

 

                                        IRS as possible to identify

 

                                        the owner of the TIN. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 

 243-256    Blank              14       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2 -- FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

 1099-PATR, 1099-R AND 5498

 

 

      See Part E, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 for field descriptions for

 

 Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.

 

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

      For U.S. addresses, the Payee City, Payee State, and Payee ZIP

 

 Code must be reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively.

 

 For foreign addresses, you may use the payee City, State, and ZIP

 

 Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the

 

 following order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name

 

 of the country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country

 

 Indicator, Sector 1 position 162, must contain a "1."

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. Enter

 

                                        APO or FPO if applicable. Do

 

                                        not enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                        information in this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service State

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        the appropriate postal

 

                                        identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                        described in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code     9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid nine

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first five digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For foreign countries,

 

                                        alpha characters are

 

                                        acceptable as long as you have

 

                                        entered a "1" in the Foreign

 

                                        Country Indicator field

 

                                        located in position 162 of

 

                                        Sector 1 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 

 113-179    Special Data       67       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized. ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 180-181    Combined Federal/  2        If this payee record is to be

 

            State Code                  forwarded to a state agency as

 

                                        part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those filers or states NOT

 

                                        participating in this program,

 

                                        ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 182-256    Blank              75       Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

See Part E, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.

PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUTS

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 2 of Form 1099-A.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-A.

.03 FORM 1099-A CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD FORM 1099-A -- SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        payee's mailing address.

 

 

      For U.S. addresses, the payee City, State and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively. For foreign

 

 addresses, you may use the payee City, State, and ZIP Code as a

 

 continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the following

 

 order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name of the

 

 country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country

 

 Indicator must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. Enter

 

                                        APO or FPO if applicable. Do

 

                                        not enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                        information in this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        the appropriate postal

 

                                        identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                        described in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code     9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by

 

                                        the U.S. Postal Service. If

 

                                        only the first 5 digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For foreign countries,

 

                                        alpha characters are

 

                                        acceptable as long as you have

 

                                        entered a "1" in the Foreign

 

                                        Country Indicator field, which

 

                                        is located in position 162 of

 

                                        Sector 1 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 

 113-133    Special Data       21       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 134-139    Date of Lender's   6        REQUIRED FOR FORMS 1099-A

 

            Acquisition or              ONLY. Enter the date of the

 

            Knowledge of                acquisition of the secured

 

            Abandonment                 property or the date you first

 

                                        knew or had reason to know

 

                                        that the property was

 

                                        abandoned in the format MMDDYY

 

                                        (e.g., 102392). DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

 140        Liability          1        FORM 1099-A ONLY. Enter the

 

            Indicator                   appropriate indicator from the

 

                                        table below:

 

                                        Indicator  Usage

 

                                        1          Borrower is

 

                                                   personally liable

 

                                                   for repayment of

 

                                                   the debt.

 

                                        Blank      Borrower is not

 

                                                   liable for

 

                                                   repayment of the

 

                                                   debt.

 

 

 141-179    Description of     39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            property                    Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the property. For example, for

 

                                        real property, enter the

 

                                        address, or if the address

 

                                        does not sufficiently identify

 

                                        the property, enter the

 

                                        section, lot and block. For

 

                                        personal property, enter the

 

                                        type, make, and model (e.g.,

 

                                        Car-1991 Buick Regal or Office

 

                                        Equipment). Enter "CCC" for

 

                                        crops forfeited on Commodity

 

                                        Credit Corporation loans.

 

                                        If fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 180-256    Blank              77       Enter blanks.

 

 

     PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-B.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Form 1099-B.

.03 FORM 1099-B CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD FORM 1099-B -- SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

      For U.S. addresses, the payee City, State and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively. For foreign

 

 addresses, you may use the Payee City, Payee State and Payee ZIP Code

 

 as a continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the following

 

 order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name of the

 

 country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country

 

 Indicator, Sector 1 pos. 162, must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city, town

 

                                        or post office. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. Do not enter

 

                                        state and ZIP Code information

 

                                        in this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        the appropriate postal

 

                                        identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                        described in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP          9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        For foreign countries, alpha

 

                                        characters are acceptable as

 

                                        long as you have entered a "1"

 

                                        in  the Foreign Country

 

                                        Indicator field, which is

 

                                        located in position 162 of

 

                                        Sector 1 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 

 113-122    Special Data       10       This field may be used to

 

            Entries                     record information for state

 

                                        or local government reporting

 

                                        or for the filer's own

 

                                        purposes. Payers should

 

                                        contact their state or local

 

                                        revenue departments for their

 

                                        filing requirements. If this

 

                                        field is not utilized, ENTER

 

 

                                        BLANKS.

 

 

 123        Gross Proceeds     1        FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter the

 

            Reported to IRS             appropriate indicator from the

 

            Indicator                   following table; otherwise,

 

                                        ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

                                        Indicator  Usage

 

                                        1          Gross Proceeds

 

                                        2          Gross Proceeds less

 

                                                   commission and

 

                                                   option premiums

 

 

 124-129    Date of Sale       6        FORM 1099-B ONLY. For broker

 

                                        transactions, enter the trade

 

                                        date of the transaction in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102392).

 

                                        For barter exchanges, enter

 

                                        the date cash, property, a

 

                                        credit, or scrip is actually

 

                                        or constructively received.

 

                                        Enter blanks if this is an

 

                                        aggregate transaction. DO NOT

 

                                        ENTER HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

 130-142    CUSIP Number       13       FORM 1099-B ONLY. For broker

 

                                        transactions only, enter the

 

                                        CUSIP (Committee on Uniform

 

                                        Security Identification

 

                                        Procedures) number of the item

 

                                        reported for Amount Code "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not available

 

                                        or applicable. For CUSIP

 

                                        numbers with less than 13

 

                                        characters, right-justify and

 

                                        fill the remaining positions

 

                                        with blanks.

 

 

 143-181    Description        39       FORM 1099-B ONLY. Enter a

 

                                        brief description of the item

 

                                        or services for which the

 

                                        proceeds or bartering is being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 39

 

                                        characters are required, left-

 

                                        justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For

 

                                        broker transactions, enter a

 

                                        brief description of the

 

                                        deposition item, (e.g., 100

 

                                        shares of XYZ Corp.).

 

                                        For regulated futures and

 

                                        forward contracts, enter "RFC"

 

                                        or other appropriate

 

                                        description and any amount

 

                                        subject to backup withholding.

 

                                        For bartering transactions,

 

                                        show the services or property

 

                                        provided.

 

 

 NOTE: The amount withheld in these situations is to be included in

 

 Amount Code 4.

 

 

 182-256    Blank              75       Enter blanks.

 

 

     PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-OID.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-OID.

      RECORD NAME PAYEE "B" RECORD FORM 1099-OID -- SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

      For U.S. addresses, the payee City, State, and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively. For foreign

 

 addresses, you may use the payee City, State, and ZIP Code as a

 

 continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the following

 

 order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name of the

 

 country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country

 

 Indicator, Sector 1 position 162, must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. Enter

 

                                        APO or FPO if applicable. Do

 

                                        not enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                        information in this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for states or the

 

                                        appropriate postal identifier

 

                                        (AA, AE, or AP) as described

 

                                        in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code     9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid nine

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first five digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For foreign countries,

 

                                        alpha characters are

 

                                        acceptable as long as you have

 

                                        entered a "1" in the Foreign

 

                                        Country Indicator field, which

 

                                        is located in position 162 of

 

                                        Sector 1 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 

 113-140    Special Data       28       This field may be used to

 

            Entries                     record information for state

 

                                        or local government reporting

 

                                        or for the filer's own

 

                                        purposes. Payers should

 

                                        contact their state or local

 

                                        revenue departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 141-179    Description        39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-OID

 

                                        ONLY. Enter the CUSIP Number.

 

                                        If there is no CUSIP number,

 

                                        enter the abbreviation for the

 

                                        stock exchange and issuer, the

 

                                        coupon rate and year of

 

                                        maturity (e.g., NYSE XYZ 12

 

                                        1/2 95). Show the name of the

 

                                        issuer if other than the

 

                                        payer. If fewer than 39

 

                                        characters are required, left-

 

                                        justify and  fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 180-181    Combined Federal/  2        If a payee record is to be

 

            State Code                  forwarded to a state agency as

 

                                        part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those filers or states NOT

 

                                        participating in this program.

 

                                        ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 182-256    Blank              75       Enter blanks.

 

 

    PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-S.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Forms 1099-S.

.03 FORM 1099-S CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD FORM 1099-S -- SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

      For U.S. addresses, the payee City, State, and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively. For foreign

 

 addresses, you may use the payee City, State, and ZIP Code as a

 

 continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the following

 

 order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name of the

 

 country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country

 

 Indicator, Sector 1 position 162 must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. Enter

 

                                        APO or FPO if applicable. Do

 

                                        not enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                        information in this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for states or the

 

                                        appropriate postal identifier

 

                                        (AA, AE, or AP) described in

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code     9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid nine

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first five digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For foreign countries,

 

                                        alpha characters are

 

                                        acceptable as long as you have

 

                                        entered a "1" in the Foreign

 

                                        Country Indicator field, which

 

                                        is located in position 162 of

 

                                        Sector 1 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-110     Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 

 111-133    Special Data       23       This field may be used to

 

            Entries                     record information for state

 

                                        or local government reporting

 

                                        or for the filer's own

 

                                        purposes. Payers should

 

                                        contact their state or local

 

                                        revenue departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 134-139    Date of Closing    6        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the closing date in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102392).

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                                        SLASHES.

 

 

 140-178    Address or Legal   39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            Description                 Enter the address of the

 

                                        property transferred including

 

                                        city, state, and ZIP Code. If

 

                                        the address does not

 

                                        sufficiently identify the

 

                                        property, also enter a legal

 

                                        description, such as section,

 

                                        lot, and block. If you are

 

                                        entering an address, include

 

                                        the state and ZIP code where

 

                                        the property is located. For

 

                                        timber royalties, enter

 

                                        "Timber." If fewer than 39

 

                                        positions are required, left-

 

                                        justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 179        Property or        1        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            Services Received           Enter "1" if the transferor

 

            or To Be Received           received or will receive

 

                                        property (other than cash and

 

                                        consideration treated as cash

 

                                        in computing gross proceeds)

 

                                        or services as part of the

 

                                        consideration for the property

 

                                        transferred. If transferor may

 

                                        receive property (other than

 

                                        cash) or services to satisfy a

 

                                        debt having a stated principal

 

                                        amount, you must also enter 1.

 

 

                                        Enter blank if this field is

 

                                        not used.

 

 

 180-256    Blank              77       Enter blanks.

 

 

     PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form W-2G.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Form W-2G.

.03 FORM W-2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

        RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD FORM W-2G -- SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

      For U.S. addresses, the payee City, State, and Zip Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively. For foreign

 

 addresses, you may use the payee City, State and Zip Code as a

 

 continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the following

 

 order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name of the

 

 country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign

 

 Country Indicator, Sector 1 position 162, must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. Enter

 

                                        APO or FPO if applicable. Do

 

                                        not enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                        information in this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for states or the

 

                                        appropriate postal identifier

 

                                        (AA, AE, or AP) as described

 

                                        in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code     9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid nine

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first five digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For foreign countries,

 

                                        alpha characters are

 

                                        acceptable as long as you have

 

                                        entered a "1" in the Foreign

 

                                        Country Indicator field, which

 

                                        is located in position 162 of

 

                                        Sector 1 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 

 113-118    Date Won           6        REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the date of the winning

 

                                        event in the format MMDDYY

 

                                        (e.g., 102392). This is not

 

                                        the date the money was paid,

 

                                        if paid after the date of the

 

                                        race (or game). DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 

 119-133    Transaction        15       REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        For state conducted lotteries,

 

                                        enter the ticket or other

 

                                        identifying number. For keno,

 

                                        bingo, and slot machines,

 

                                        enter the ticket or card

 

                                        number (and color, if

 

                                        applicable), machine serial

 

                                        number or any other

 

                                        information that will help

 

                                        identify the winning

 

                                        transaction. All others, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 134-138    Race               5        FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        the race (or game) applicable

 

                                        to the winning ticket. If no

 

                                        entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 139-143    Cashier            5        FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        the initials of the cashier

 

                                        making the winning payment. If

 

                                        no entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 144-148    Window             5        FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        the window number or location

 

                                        of the person paying the

 

                                        winnings. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 149-163    First ID           15       FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        the first identification

 

                                        number of the person receiving

 

                                        the winnings. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 164-178    Second ID          15       FORM W-2G ONLY. If applicable,

 

                                        the second identification

 

                                        number of the person receiving

 

                                        the winnings. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 179-256    Blank              78       Enter blanks.

 

 

       PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Payer "C" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "C" Record consist of the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer and or a particular type of return. The "C" Record MUST be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.03 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 27-41, 57-86, and 102-146 would be zero filled.

.04 Payers/Transmitters must verify the accuracy of the totals since data with missing or incorrect "C" Records will be returned for replacement.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "C."

 

 

 3-8        Number of Payees   6        REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

                                        number of "B" Records covered

 

                                        by the preceding "A" Record.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill.

 

 

 9-11       Blank              3        Enter blanks.

 

 

      REQUIRED. If any corresponding Payment Amount fields are present

 

 in the "B" Records, accumulate into the appropriate Control Total

 

 field. CONTROL TOTALS MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED, AND UNUSED CONTROL

 

 TOTAL FIELDS MUST BE ZERO FILLED. Please note that all Control Total

 

 fields are 15 positions in length.

 

 

 12-26      Control Total 1    15

 

 27-41      Control Total 2    15

 

 42-56      Control Total 3    15

 

 57-71      Control Total 4    15

 

 72-86      Control Total 5    15

 

 87-101     Control Total 6    15

 

 102-116    Control Total 7    15

 

 117-131    Control Total 8    15

 

 132-146    Control Total 9    15

 

 

 147-256    Blank              110      Enter blanks.

 

 

               END OF PAYER "C" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 14. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The State Totals "K" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and type of return to a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. Use ONLY when state reporting approval has been granted.

.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "K" Record.

.05 There MUST be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 17 for the requirements and conditions that MUST be met to file on this program.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "K" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "K".

 

 

 3-8        Number of Payees   6        REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

                                        number of "B" Records being

 

                                        coded for this state. Right-

 

                                        justify and zero fill.

 

 

 9-11       Blank              3        Enter blanks.

 

 

      REQUIRED. Accumulate totals of any Payment Amount fields (for

 

 each state being reported) in the Payee "B" Records into the

 

 appropriate Control Total fields in the "K" Record. CONTROL TOTALS

 

 MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED, AND UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS MUST BE ZERO

 

 FILLED. Please note that all Control Total fields are 15 positions in

 

 length.

 

 

 12-26      Control Total 1    15

 

 27-41      Control Total 2    15

 

 42-56      Control Total 3    15

 

 57-71      Control Total 4    15

 

 72-86      Control Total 5    15

 

 87-101     Control Total 6    15

 

 102-116    Control Total 7    15

 

 117-131    Control Total 8    15

 

 132-146    Control Total 9    15

 

 

 147-254    Blank              108      Enter blanks.

 

 

 255-256    Combined Federal/  2        REQUIRED. Enter the code

 

            State Code                  assigned to the state which is

 

                                        to receive the information.

 

                                        (Refer to Part A, Sec. 17,

 

                                        Table 1.)

 

 

               END OF PAYER "K" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 15. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Transmission "F" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.

              RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "F."

 

 

 2-5        Number of "A"      4        You may enter the total number

 

            Records                     of "A" Records in the entire

 

                                        file. Right-justify and zero

 

                                        fill or enter all zeros.

 

 

 6-30       Zero               25       Enter zeros.

 

 

 31-256     Blank              226      Enter blanks.

 

 

            END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

PART F. MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION

SEC. 1. MAGNETIC MEDIA-RELATED FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE AT THE IRS MARTINSBURG COMPUTING CENTER

.01 IRS/MCC maintains supplies of magnetic media-related forms and publications including:

- Publication 1220, Specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G Electronically or Magnetically

- Publication 1187, Specifications for Filing Form 1042S, Foreign Person's U.S. Source Income Subject to Withholding. Electronically or on Magnetic Tape, and 5 1/4- and 3 1/2 Inch Magnetic Diskettes

- Publication 1239, Requirements and Conditions for Submitting Form 8027, Employer's Annual Information Return of Tip Income and Allocated Tips, on Magnetic Tape

- Publication 1245, Specifications for Filing Form W-4, Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate, on Magnetic Tape, and 5 1/4 and 3 1/2 Inch Diskette

- Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G

- Form 8508, Request for Waiver From Filing Information Returns on Magnetic Media

- Form 4419, Application for Filing Information Returns Magnetically/Electronically

- Form 8809, Request for Extension of Time to File Information Returns

- Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically

- Form 4802, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically (Continuation)

- Form 5064, Media Label

- Notice 210, Preparation Instructions for Media Label, Form 5064

- Form 6466, Transmittal of Magnetic Media of Form W-4, Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate

- Form 6467, Transmittal of Magnetic Media of Form W-4, Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate (Continuation)

- Form 6468, How to Prepare Form 6469, Tape Label for Form W-4

- Form 6469, Tape Label for Form W-4

.02 To order any of these forms or publications, you may contact IRS/MCC. You may also call the IRS toll-free forms and publications order number 1-800-829-3676, or contact your local IRS office.

SEC. 2. FEDERAL DOLLAR CRITERIA

.01 For your convenience, the criteria for reporting the information returns to IRS is provided in Table 1.

                   TABLE 1. FEDERAL DOLLAR CRITERIA

 

 

 FORM                DOLLAR CRITERIA

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1098                $600

 

 1099-A              ALL

 

 1099-B              ALL

 

 1099-DIV            $10 ($600 for Liquidations)

 

 1099-G              $10 -- Unemployment and Tax Refunds

 

                     $600 -- All others

 

 1099-INT            $10

 

                     $600 (In some cases)

 

 1099-MISC           $600

 

                     ALL (Fishing boat proceeds)

 

                     $10 (Royalties or Substitute Dividend and Tax-

 

                         Exempt Interest Payments Reportable by

 

                         Brokers)

 

                     $5,000 -- Direct sales indicator

 

 1099-OID            $10

 

 1099-PATR           $10

 

 1099-R              ALL

 

 1099-S              ALL ($600 de minimis rule)

 

 5498                ALL

 

 W-2G                $600

 

                     $1200 (Bingo or Slot Machines)

 

                     $1500 (Keno)

 

 

For specific information, refer to the 1992 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G."

SEC. 3. FORMAT OF RECORD USED TO REQUEST AN EXTENSION OF TIME, MAGNETICALLY OR ELECTRONICALLY

.01 The following specifications contain the required 206-byte record format for extension of time requests submitted on magnetic media or through IRP-BBS. Also included are the instructions for the information that is to be entered in the record.

.02 If requesting an extension of time to file for more than 1 payer, IRS encourages you to submit the request on tape, tape cartridge, 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskette, or electronically.

.03 See Part A, Sec. 11, for complete information on requesting an extension of time to file your information returns. In order to be considered, the request must be postmarked or transmitted by the due date of the returns; otherwise the request will be denied.

.04 The record format is also on IRP-BBS and can be downloaded. See Part I for more information on how to contact the IRP-BBS.

.05 Magnetically filed request for an extension of time should be sent to:

                      Internal Revenue Service

 

                    Martinsburg Computing Center

 

                            P. O. Box 879

 

                       Kearneysville, WV 25430

 

 

.06 Transmitters who submit their extension of time requests magnetically or electronically will receive a letter from IRS/MCC with an attached list of the payers specifying approval or denial.

.07 If additional information is needed on the record format, contact IRS/MCC.

.08 Tape specifications are as follows:

(a) 9 track ONLY

(b) EBCDIC or ASCII recording mode

(c) 1600 or 6250 BPI

(d) Fixed block size of 4120 bytes

(e) Record length of 206 bytes

(f) Header and trailer label tape

.09 Tape cartridge specifications are as follows:

(a) must be IBM 3480 or 3490 compatible.

(b) must meet American National Standard Institute (ANSI) standards, and have the following characteristics:

(1) Tape cartridges will be 1/2 inch tape contained in plastic cartridges which are approximately 4 inches by 5 inches by 1 inch in dimension.

(2) Magnetic tape will be chromium dioxide particle based 1/2 inch tape.

(3) Cartridges will be 18-track parallel.

(4) Mode will be full function.

(5) THE DATA MUST NOT BE COMPRESSED

(6) Either EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) or ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange)

(c) Fixed block size of 4120 bytes

(d) Record length of 206 bytes

.10 Diskette specifications are as follows:

(a) Diskettes must be 5 1/4 or 3 1/2 inch

(b) ASCII recording mode ONLY. Additional specification may be found in Part B, Sec. 3, of this revenue procedure.

(c) Record length of 206 bytes

(d) MS/DOS ONLY

.11 Positions 6 through 154 of the following record should contain information about the PAYER for whom the extension of time is being requested. Do not enter transmitter information in these fields.

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1-5        Transmitter        5        Enter the five digit

 

            Control Code                Transmitter Control Code (TCC)

 

                                        issued by IRS

 

 

 6-14       Payer TIN          9        Must be the valid nine digit

 

                                        number

 

 

 15-54      Payer Name         40       Enter the name of the payer

 

                                        whose EIN appears in Pos 6-14

 

 

 55-84      Payer Address      30       Enter payer mailing address.

 

                                        Street address should include

 

                                        number, street, apartment or

 

                                        suite number (or P.O. Box if

 

                                        mail is not delivered to

 

                                        street address).

 

 

 85-114     Payer Address 2    30       Enter additional payer address

 

                                        information, if needed

 

 

 115-143    Payer City         29       Enter payer city, town or post

 

                                        office.

 

 

 144-145    Payer State        2        Enter payer valid U.S. Postal

 

                                        Service state abbreviation

 

                                        (refer to Part A, Sec. 19)

 

 

 146-154    Payer ZIP          9        Enter payer zip code. If using

 

                                        a five digit ZIP code, left-

 

                                        justify and blank fill.

 

 

 155-186    Transmitter        32       Enter Transmitter Contact

 

            Contact                     name. This should be the name

 

                                        of a person who can be

 

                                        contacted concerning the

 

                                        request.

 

 

 187-196    Transmitter Phone  10       Enter the phone number of the

 

            Number                      Transmitter Contact including

 

                                        the area code.

 

 

 197-200    Transmitter Phone  4        Enter the Transmitter

 

            Extension                   Contact's phone extension, if

 

                                        applicable, otherwise, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 201        FORM W-2           1        Enter character "X" if

 

                                        extension request is for Form

 

                                        W-2. Otherwise, enter blank.

 

 

 202        FORMS 1099, 1098,  1        Enter character "X" if

 

            AND W-2G                    extension request is for Forms

 

                                        1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-

 

                                        DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-

 

                                        MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-PATR,

 

                                        1099-R, 1099-S, and W-2G.

 

                                        Otherwise, enter blank.

 

 

 203        FORM 5498          1        Enter character "X" if

 

                                        extension request is for Form

 

                                        5498. Otherwise, enter blank.

 

 

 204        FORM 1042-S        1        Enter character "X" if

 

                                        extension request is for Form

 

                                        1042-S. Otherwise, enter

 

                                        blank.

 

 

 205        Request Number     1        Enter "1" if this is your

 

                                        first extension request. Enter

 

                                        "2" if this is your second

 

                                        request.

 

 

 206        Foreign Entity     1        Enter character "X" if the

 

            Indicator                   payer is a foreign entity

 

 

RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
  • Institutional Authors
    Internal Revenue Service
  • Subject Areas/Tax Topics
  • Index Terms
    returns, information
    filing, electronic
  • Jurisdictions
  • Language
    English
  • Tax Analysts Electronic Citation
    92 TNT 128-20
Copy RID